K0051007220-General Body Repairs Exterior

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 196

Service

Workshop Manual
Golf 1998 ➤
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
General body repairs,by Vexterior
olks
wage es n
ot g
ua
ed ran
Edition 08.2003 tho
ris tee
or
au ac
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Service Department. Technical Information


Service
List of Workshop Manual Repair Groups

Repair Group
50 - Body - front
55 - Bonnet, rear lid
57 - Front doors, door components, central locking
58 - Rear doors, door components
60 - Sunroof
63 - Bumpers
64 - Glazing
66 - Exterior equipment

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Technical information should always be available to the foremen and mechanics, because their
careful and constant adherence to the instructions is essential to ensure vehicle road-worthiness and
safety. In addition, the normal basic safety precautions for working on motor vehicles must, as a
matter of course, be observed.

All rights reserved.


No reproduction without prior agreement from publisher.

Copyright © 2015 Volkswagen AG, Wolfsburg K0051007220


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
Contents
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
e
50 - Body - front . . . . u.tho. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . t.ee.or. . . . . .............. 1
ris n
a a
1 Body - front ss. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . c. . . . . ................. 1

ce
le
1.1 Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
un

pt
an
d
itte
1.2 Removing and installing lock carrier with attachments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

y li
erm

ab
1.3 Lock carrier - service position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

ility
ot p

1.4 Assembly overview - front wing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

wit
is n

h re
1.5 Wing dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
ole,

spec
1.6 Assembly overview - noise insulation (petrol engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
urposes, in part or in wh

1.7 Assembly overview - noise insulation (diesel engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

t to the co
55 - Bonnet, rear lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

rrectne
1 Bonnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
1.1 Assembly overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

ss
1.2 Adjusting bonnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

o
cial p

f
1.3 Removing gas strut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

inform
mer

1.4 Removing and installing Bowden cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

atio
1.5 Removing and installing release lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
om

n
c

1.6 Assembly overview - bonnet lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

i
or

n thi
e

1.7 Removing and installing bonnet lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12


t

sd
iva

o
pr

c
2 Rear lid, Golf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

um
r
fo

en
ng

2.1 Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
t.
yi Co
op
2.2 Assembly overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
2.3 Removing gas strut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
p by
o Vo
by c lksw
2.4 Releasing gas from gas strut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
cted
16
agen
Prote AG.
2.5 Adjusting bonnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
2.6 Removing and installing rear lid lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
2.7 Removing and installing lock cylinder housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
3 Rear lid, Bora . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
3.1 Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
3.2 Assembly overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
3.3 Removing and installing rear lid lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
3.4 Removing and installing lock cylinder housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
3.5 Removing and installing microswitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
4 Rear lid, estate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
4.1 Assembly overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
4.2 Removing and installing rear lid lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
4.3 Removing and installing lock cylinder housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
4.4 Removing and installing microswitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
5 Tank flap unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
5.1 Removing and installing tank flap unit (Golf) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
5.2 Removing and installing tank flap unit (Bora) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

57 - Front doors, door components, central locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34


1 Front door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
1.1 Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
1.2 Assembly overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
1.3 Removing and installing door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
1.4 Adjusting door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
1.5 Assembly overview - door handle and door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
1.6 Removing and installing lock cylinder housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
1.7 Removing and installing door handle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
1.8 Removing and installing door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

Contents i
Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

1.9 Removing and installing locking button for locking rod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46


1.10 Door seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
1.11 Removing and installing additional seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
2 Central locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
2.1 Assembly overview for central locking and convenience system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
2.2 Removing and installing batteries for key with remote control (non folding type) ▸ 04.01 . . 56
2.3 Removing and installing batteries for key with remote control (folding type) ▸ 04.01 . . . . 57
2.4 Removing and installing batteries for key with remote control (folding type) 05.01 ▸ . . . . 58
2.5 Adapting keys with remote control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60

58 - Rear doors, door components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61


1 Rear door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
1.1 Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
1.2 Assembly overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
1.3 Removing and installing door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
1.4 Adjusting door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
1.5 Assembly overview - door handle and door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
1.6 Removing and installing door handle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
1.7 Removing and installing door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
1.8 Fitting door window to window regulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
1.9 Door seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73

60 - Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
1 Sliding/tilting sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
1.1 Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
1.2 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
1.3 Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
1.4 Distinguishing features between sliding/tilting sunroofs made by Webasto and Rockwell
(Meritor) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .w.ag. e.n.A.G.. .Vo. l.ks.w.a.g.en. A. G. d. o.e. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
olks s no
2 Sliding/tilting sunroof with glassd bpanel yV (Webasto) . . . . . . . . . . . t.g.ua.r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
e an
2.1 Assembly overview - sliding/tiltingtho
ris sunroof with glass panel . . . . . . . .te.e o. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
2.2 Removing sliding/tiltingsssunroofau r
glass panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . a.c. . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
2.3 Installing glass panel for sliding/tilting sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
ce
e
nl

pt
du

2.4 Adjusting glass panel for sliding/tilting sunroof (height adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82


an
itte

y li

2.5 Renewing panel seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84


erm

ab
ility
ot p

2.6 Removing wind deflector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84


wit
, is n

2.7 Removing sliding headlining . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85


h re
hole

2.8 Removing drive mechanism for sliding/tilting sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85


spec
es, in part or in w

2.9 Adjusting drive mechanism for sliding/tilting sunroof (zero position) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86


t to the co

2.10 Removing pre-selector control for sliding/tilting sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87


2.11 Checking parallel running . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
rrectness of i

2.12 Adjusting parallel running . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88


2.13 Removing and installing carrier unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
l purpos

2.14 Removing coulisse guide rail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90


2.15 Cleaning water drain hoses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
nform
ercia

3 Sliding/tilting sunroof with glass panel (Meritor) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93


m

at

3.1 Assembly overview - sliding/tilting sunroof with glass panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93


om

ion
c

3.2 Removing sliding/tilting sunroof glass panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94


in t
or

his
e

3.3 Installing glass panel for sliding/tilting sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95


at

do
riv

3.4 Adjusting glass panel for sliding/tilting sunroof (height adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96


p

cum
for

3.5 Adjusting panel seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98


en
ng

t.
yi Co
3.6 Renewing panel seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Cop py
ht. rig
3.7 Removing wind deflector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
rig ht
py by
o Vo
3.8 Removing sliding headlining . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
3.9 Removing drive mechanism for sliding/tilting sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
3.10 Adjusting drive mechanism for sliding/tilting sunroof (zero position) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100

ii Contents
Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

3.11 Removing pre-selector control for sliding/tilting sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101


3.12 Checking parallel running . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
3.13 Adjusting parallel running . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
3.14 Removing and installing carrier unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
3.15 Removing coulisse guide rail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
3.16 Cleaning water drain hoses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104

63 - Bumpers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
1 Front bumper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
1.1 Assembly overview - bumper cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
1.2 Removing and installing bumper cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
1.3 Removing release lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
1.4 Assembly overview - bumper carrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
1.5 Assembly overview - bumper cover, Golf R32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
1.6 Removing and installing bumper cover, Golf R32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
1.7 Removing and installing adapter, Golf R32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
1.8 Assembly overview - centre air intake and air guide, Golf R32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
1.9 Assembly overview - bumper carrier, Golf R32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
2 Rear bumper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ag. e.n.A.G.. V. o. lk. s.w.a.ge. n. A.G. d.o. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
w es n
2.1 Assembly overview - bumper cover olks
y V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . t .gu. a. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
o
b
2.2 Removing and installing bumper ris cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .nt.ee. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ed ra
114
ho
2.3 Assembly overview - bumper au
t carrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .o.r a.c . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
ss
2.4 Assembly overview - towing bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116

ce
e
nl

pt
2.5 Removing and installing towing bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
du

an
itte

y li
2.6 Assembly overview - bumper cover, Golf R32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
erm

ab
2.7 Removing and installing bumper cover, Golf R32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119

ility
ot p

wit
2.8 Removing and installing adapter, Golf R32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
, is n

h re
2.9 Assembly overview - bumper carrier, R32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

64 - Glazing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122

t to the co
1 Flush bonded windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
1.1 Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122

rrectness of i
1.2 Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
l purpos

1.3 Assembly overview - windscreen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124


1.4 Removing and installing plenum chamber cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
nform
ercia

1.5 Removing windscreen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127


1.6 Installing windscreen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
m

at
om

1.7 Assembly overview - side window, Golf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129


on
c

in t
r

1.8 Removing undamaged side window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130


o

his
ate

1.9 Removing damaged side window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131


do
priv

1.10 Installing side window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131


um
for

en
ng

1.11 Assembly overview - side window, estate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131


t.
yi Co
op py
1.12 Removing undamaged side window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
. C rig
ht ht
rig
1.13 Removing damaged side window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
py by
co Vo
by lksw
1.14 Installing side window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
cted agen
Prote AG.
1.15 Assembly overview - rear window, Golf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
1.16 Removing undamaged rear window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
1.17 Removing damaged rear window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
1.18 Installing rear window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
1.19 Assembly overview - rear window, Bora . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
1.20 Removing undamaged rear window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
1.21 Removing damaged rear window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
1.22 Installing rear window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
1.23 Preparing undamaged window for glazing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
1.24 Preparing new window for glazing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
1.25 Preparing new window without precoating for glazing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140

Contents iii
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
ed ran
Golf 1998
hor ➤
is tee
t or
General
au body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003 ac
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du
1.26 Preparing body flange for glazing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141

an
itte

y li
1.27 Installation instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
erm

ab
ility
1.28 Minimum curing time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
ot p

wit
1.29 Touching up paint damage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
, is n

h re
1.30 Cleaning off excess adhesive sealing material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
hole

spec
2 Door window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
es, in part or in w

t to the co
2.1 Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
2.2 Assembly overview - front door window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
2.3 Removing front door window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145

rrectness of i
2.4 Adjusting door window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
l purpos

2.5 Removing and installing assembly carrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146


2.6 Assembly overview - rear door window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150

nf
ercia

2.7 Removing and installing assembly carrier, rear door window and quarter light window . . 151

orm
m

2.8 Fitting door window to window regulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158

atio
om

2.9 Electric window regulator with convenience function (automatic opening and closing) and

n in
or c

force limitation mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158

thi
te

sd
a

2.10 Overriding resistance in event of force limitation intervention . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160


iv

o
r
rp

cu
2.11 Removing and installing window regulator motor or assembly carrier with window regulator
o

m
f

en
ng

........................................................................ 161
t.
yi Co
op py
2.12 Assembly overview - assembly carrier with window regulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
t. C rig
gh ht
yri
2.13 Repairing window regulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
66 - Exterior equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
AG.

1 Removing and installing wheel housing liner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168


1.1 Front wheel housing liner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
1.2 Rear wheel housing liner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
2 Exterior mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
2.1 Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
2.2 Assembly overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
2.3 Removing mirror housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
2.4 Removing exterior mirror (mechanical type) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
3 Roof mouldings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
3.1 Roof moulding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
4 Roof rail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
4.1 Assembly overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
4.2 Installing retaining bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
5 Trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
5.1 Removing and installing radiator grille . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
6 Bump strips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
6.1 Renewing side bump strips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
7 Special body parts, Golf GTI (132 kW) and Golf R32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
7.1 Safety requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
7.2 Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
7.3 Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
7.4 Assembly overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
7.5 Front and rear spoiler (Golf GTI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
7.6 Side skirt (Golf GTI, Golf R32) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
7.7 Roof spoiler (Golf GTI, Golf R32) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
7.8 Preparing body kit component for bonding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
7.9 Installation instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
7.10 Minimum curing time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
7.11 Touching up paint damage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
7.12 Cleaning off excess adhesive sealing material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190

iv Contents
Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

50 – Body - front
1 Body - front

1.1 Tools
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Guide pins -3411-

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
1.2 Removing and installing lock carrier with attachments
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

1. Body - front 1
Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

1 - Lock carrier with attach‐


ments
❑ Removing:
– Disconnect cable
⇒ Item 3 (page 2) on
lock and separate elec‐
trical connections.

– Separate connections
on headlight housings.

– Remove front bumper


and bumper carrier
⇒ page 106 .

– Disconnect hose for


headlight washer sys‐
tem at T-piece.

– Unbolt radiator and con‐


denser from lock carrier.

– Secure radiator and


condenser in engine
compartment ⇒ Heat‐
ing, air conditioner; Rep.
Gr. 87 .
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
Note d by V gu
ara
rise nte
ho eo
♦ Do not hang condenser up on ut ra
s a c
pipes/hoses. s

ce
le
un

pt
♦ Do not kink condenser pipes/ho‐

an
d
itte

y li
ses.
erm

ab
ility
ot p

❑ Installing:

wit
is n

h re
– Align lock carrier to lon‐
ole,

spec
gitudinal members and
urposes, in part or in wh

between wings.

t to the co
Body gaps/shut lines ⇒ Body Repairs; Rep. Gr. 00 ; Body gaps; Body, front

– Readjust headlights. rrectnes

2 - Bolt
s o
cial p

❑ Qty. 2
inform

❑ 8 Nm
mer

atio
m

3 - Bowden cable
o

n
c

i
or

n thi

4 - Hole in side panel


te

sd
iva

o
pr

5 - Radiator and condenser


cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
6 - Bolt
yi Co
Cop py
❑ Qty. 4
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
❑ 8 Nm
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
7 - Bumper carrier
8 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 4
❑ 20 Nm
9 - Guide pins -3411-

2 Rep. Gr.50 - Body - front


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

1.3 Lock carrier - service position

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi

– Remove front bumper cover ⇒ page 106


s
iva

do
r

– Disconnect Bowden cable on lock.


rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
– Unscrew one bolt ⇒ Item 8 (page 2) each from the longitudinal op
yi Co
members and then screw guide pins -3411- in left and right
C py
t. rig
gh
longitudinal members in their place.
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
– Unscrew bolts ⇒ Item 8 (page 2) and ⇒ Item 2 (page 2) and
cted agen
Prote AG.
pull lock carrier forwards in area of guide pins -3411- .

1. Body - front 3
Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

1.4 Assembly overview - front wing

1 - Wing
❑ Removing:
– Removing front bumper
⇒ page 106 .

– Remove wheel housing


liner ⇒ page 168 .

– Heat wing in area of A-


pillar with a hot air blow‐
er and pull off.
❑ Installing:
– Before screwing wing in
place, screws in contact
area should each be fit‐
ted with a zinc underlay
-AKL 381 035 50- .

2 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 9
3 - Spring clip
4 - Seal
5 - Bracket
❑ Bolted to front longitudi‐
nal member
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

4 Rep. Gr.50 - Body - front


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

1.5 Wing dimensions

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
ercia

Distance between wings


m

Horizontal and vertical offset between wing tips:


a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

1. Body - front 5
Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

-a- = 0…2 mm

1.6 Assembly overview - noise insulation (petrol engine)

1 - Noise insulation
❑ For petrol engines
❑ Screw fastened and in‐
serted in front area in
lock carrier
2 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 2
3 - Retainer
❑ Qty. 4
4 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 4

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

6 Rep. Gr.50 - Body - front


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

1.7 Assembly overview - noise insulation (diesel engine)

1 - Noise insulation
❑ For diesel engines
❑ Screw fastened and in‐
serted in front area in
lock carrier
2 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 2
3 - Retainer
❑ Qty. 4
4 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 4

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

1. Body - front 7
Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

55 – Bonnet, rear lid


1 Bonnet

1.1 Assembly overview

1 - Bonnet
❑ Removing:
– Remove lines for wind‐
screen washer system
and washer jets.

– Disconnect gas strut


⇒ Item 3 (page 8) AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
from bonnet. Volksw
oes
not
gu
by ara
d
– Unclip hinge cover rise nte
tho eo
⇒ Item 12 (page 8) s au ra
c
and remove from hinge. s

ce
le
un

pt
an
d

– Unscrew bolts
itte

y li
⇒ Item 10 (page 8)
erm

ab
ility
and take off bonnet.
ot p

wit
is n

h re
– Adjusting ⇒ page 9
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

2 - Adjustment buffer

t to the co
❑ Can be screwed in or
out to adjust the bonnet
height in relation to the

rrectne
wings
3 - Gas strut
ss o
cial p

❑ Removing and installing


f in

⇒ page 9
form
mer

❑ Releasing gas
atio
m

⇒ page 16
o

n
c

i
or

n thi
e

4 - Filler piece
t

sd
iva

o
pr

5 - Guide piece
um
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi
6 - Plenum chamber seal
Co
Cop py
t.
❑ Pushed onto flange
rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co
7 - Clip
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
8 - Hose/jet
❑ Removing ⇒ Electrical system; Rep. Gr. 92 ; Repairing windscreen washer system
9 - Cd seal
10 - Bolt
❑ 23 Nm
11 - Hinge
12 - Hinge cover
❑ Clipped
❑ Pull off at right angle

8 Rep. Gr.55 - Bonnet, rear lid


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

1.2 Adjusting bonnet


– The bonnet can be aligned between the wings by moving the
hinges within the over-sized holes.
– The bonnet can be adjusted in height to the wings by means
of the adjustment buffers ⇒ Item 2 (page 8) .
Body gaps/shut lines ⇒ Body Repairs; Rep. Gr. 00 ; Body gaps;
Body, front
– After installing or adjusting, carry out corrosion protection
measures on hinges and screws/bolts.

1.3 Removing gas strut


– Support bonnet.
– Lift up locking clip -1- using screwdriver and pull gas strut off
ball head pins -2-.

Note

If the gas strut is to be reused, do not prise locking clips -1- com‐
pletely out of the ball socket, otherwise they will be damaged.

1- Locking clip
2- Mounting bracket with ball head pin
3- Gas strut
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

1.4 Removing and installing Bowden cable


ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

1. Bonnet 9
Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

1 - Bowden cable
❑ Renewing - Remove re‐
lease lever
⇒ “1.5 Removing and in‐
stalling release lever”,
page 11
2 - Grommet
3 - Spreader nut
4 - Release lever
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 11
5 - Bolt
6 - Bearing bracket
❑ Cable attached
7 - Bowden cable retainer
8 - Bonnet lock
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 12

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

10 Rep. Gr.55 - Bonnet, rear lid


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

1.5 Removing and installing release lever

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

Removing
nform
ercia

– Pull release lever -1- approx. 2 cm.


m

– Insert a small screwdriver in the gap between the release lever


com

tion in

-1- and clip -2-.


r
te o

thi

– Then let go of release lever and detach clip from release lever
s
iva

do

(clip falls behind trim).


r
rp

cum
fo

en
g

– Unclip trim -3- in centre at right angle out of mounting bracket


n

t.
yi Co
op
and at bottom out of entry step trim. C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
Installing
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
– Clip trim -3- at bottom in entry step trim first. Then press upper
Prote AG.

clip in mounting bracket.


– Now the clip -2- is engaged completely in the release lever.
– Then press release lever on support in mounting bracket.
Before closing the bonnet, check the function of the release lever
and Bowden cable.

1. Bonnet 11
Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

1.6 Assembly overview - bonnet lock

1 - Bonnet lock
❑ Adjusting: within over-
sized holes
❑ Body gaps/shut lines
⇒ Body Repairs; Rep.
Gr. 00 ; Body gaps;
Body, front
❑ To remove bonnet lock,
radiator grille, bumper
and lock support must
be removed
⇒ page 12
❑ Removing and installing
2 - Release lever
❑ To remove, radiator
grille must be removed
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 108
3 - Bumper
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 106

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re

1.7 Removing and installing bonnet lock


hole

spec
es, in part or in w

– Remove radiator grille ⇒ page 176


t to the co

– Remove bumper ⇒ page 106


rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

12 Rep. Gr.55 - Bonnet, rear lid


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

1.7.1 Removing lock support


– Remove 5 screws -arrows-.
– Take lock support -1- off lock carrier -2-.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectne
1.7.2 Removing bonnet lock

s
– Pull bonnet lock -1- forwards slightly. Using screwdriver -3-,

s o
cial p

f
unclip Bowden cable -2- off lock in direction of arrow.

inform
mer

– Separate connector for microswitch.

atio
m

Installation is carried out in the reverse order.


o

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

1. Bonnet 13
Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

2 Rear lid, Golf

2.1 Tools
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Socket driver -T10010-

♦ Setting gauge -3371-

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
ut
2.2 Assembly overview ss a ra
c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

14 Rep. Gr.55 - Bonnet, rear lid


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

1 - Rear lid
❑ Adjusting ⇒ page 16
❑ Body gaps/shut lines
⇒ Body Repairs; Rep.
Gr. 00 ; Body gaps;
Body, rear
AG. Volkswagen AG d
2 - Trim panel agen oes
olksw not
V gu
❑ Removing and installing d by ara
ise nte
⇒ General body repairs, hor eo
ut
interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; ss a ra
c
Trim, rear lid; Removing

ce
e
nl
and installing rear lid

pt
du

an
lower trim
itte

y li
erm

ab
3 - Adjustment buffer

ility
ot p

wit
❑ Adjusting ⇒ page 16
, is n

h re
hole

4 - Gas strut

spec
es, in part or in w

❑ Removing and installing

t to the co
⇒ page 16
❑ Releasing gas
⇒ page 16

rrectness of i
5 - Bolt
l purpos

❑ 22 Nm

nf
ercia

6 - Lock plate

orm
m

❑ Adjusting - within over‐

atio
m

sized holes
o

n in
or c

❑ Body gaps/shut lines

thi
te

sd
a

⇒ Body Repairs; Rep.


iv

o
r
rp

cu
Gr. 00 ; Body gaps;
o

m
f

Body, rear

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op py
7 - Cap t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
8 - Pop rivet nut
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
9 - Hexagon nut
❑ 24 Nm
10 - Hinge
11 - Bolt
❑ 10 Nm

2. Rear lid, Golf 15


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

2.3 Removing gas strut


– Support rear lid.
– Lift up locking clip -2- using screwdriver and pull gas strut off
ball head pin -1-.
1- Combi-ball head, 15 Nm
2- Locking clip
3- Gas strut
4- Bolt
5- Ball head pin

Note

♦ If gas strut is to be reused, locking clip -2- must not be taken


out of ball socket completely, otherwise locking clip will be
damaged.
♦ To reduce the degree of opening of the rear lid, there is the
option of installing shorter gas struts (by 20 mm). In this way,
the opening height will be reduced to approx. 175 cm.

2.4 Releasing gas from gas strut


– Clamp gas strut in vice in area marked -x- = 50 mm.
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
kswage es n
WARNING byV
ol ot g
ua
d ran
ir se tee
o
Gas-strut should only be clamped in this area otherwise
auth
risk of or
ac
accident! ss

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
– Saw through cylinder of gas strut within first third of cylinder's
rm

ab
pe

ility
overall length using piston rod end of cylinder as starting point.
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
Note
es, in part or in w

t to the co

♦ Wear protective goggles when sawing.


♦ Cover area of saw cut with a cloth.
rrectness of i

♦ Dispose of oil and cloth in dedicated disposal system.


l purpos

2.5 Adjusting bonnet


nform
mercia

a
com

tion in

Note
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do

♦ The rear lid is adjusted correctly if the gaps/shut lines are even
r
rp

cum

all around, the lid is not too deepset or protruding and all con‐
fo

en
ng

tours align when the lid closed.


t.
yi Co
Cop py
. rig
♦ Vehicle must be on its wheels when adjustment is performed.
t
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

16 Rep. Gr.55 - Bonnet, rear lid


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

– Turn adjustment buffer by 90 degrees using a ring spanner (24


mm AF) and take out of shaped hole.
– Take rubber buffer -1- off adjustment buffer and loosen clamp‐
ing screw (hexagon socket head 3 mm) until detent slide can
be pulled out.

– Pull detent slide out of housing and set to dimension -a- = 12.5
mm.

Note

When new, the adjustment buffer is already set to a distance of


12.5 mm.

– Insert adjustment buffer and secure in shaped hole by


n AG. Volkturning
swagen AG
through 90 degrees. lkswage does
not
Vo gu
by ara
ed nte
oris eo
th
au ra
c
ss ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co

– Unscrew cap -1- out of pop rivet -2- (left and right).
– Close rear lid using light force in the middle while holding han‐
rrectness of i

dle in the pulled (open) position.


l purpos

– Adjust gap using setting gauge -3371- to 5 mm between rear


lid and side part.
nform
ercia

– Open rear lid again.


m

a
com

– The rear lid is now adjusted with a preload of approx. 3 mm.


ion in
r
te o

– Screw plugs in pop rivet (left and right).


thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Rear lid, Golf 17


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

– Screw in clamping screw -1- to dimension a = 25 mm.


– Check adjustment.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

2.6 Removing and installing rear lid lock

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
1 - Retaining clip
2 - Handle

rrectness of i
❑ Removing:
l purpos

– Unclip rear lid trim (han‐


dle is secured by means
of cross-head screw).

nf
ercia

orm
– Unclip pull rod
m

atio
m

⇒ Item 5 (page 18) ,


o

n in
c

lever out retaining clip


or

thi
⇒ Item 1 (page 18) and
te

sd
iva

take lock cylinder hous‐

o
r
rp

cu
ing out of handle.
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
– Separate connector for C py
t. rig
luggage compartment gh ht
yri by
light and, if necessary,
op Vo
by c lksw
unclip actuator rod for
cted agen
Prote AG.
central locking.

– Unscrew Torx screws


⇒ Item 6 (page 18)
and take handle out of
rear lid.

3 - Securing bolt for positioning


motor
❑ Loosen and tighten us‐
ing socket driver -
T10010-
4 - Central locking positioning
motor
❑ Removing:
– Separate connector
from positioning motor.

– Unscrew positioning
motor using socket driver -T10010- and release from rear lid.

5 - Pull rod
6 - Torx screw
7 - Actuator rod
❑ Press relay lever ⇒ Item 11 (page 19) against stop and insert actuator rod stress-free

18 Rep. Gr.55 - Bonnet, rear lid


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

8 - Lock cylinder housing


❑ Removing:
– Unclip rear lid trim (handle is secured by means of cross-head screw).

– Unclip pull rod ⇒ Item 5 (page 18) , lever out retaining clip ⇒ Item 1 (page 18) and take lock cylinder
housing out of handle.

9 - Lock
❑ Removing
– Remove rear lid trim ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Removing and installing rear lid
trim; Removing and installing rear lid lower trim .

– Separate connector from lock.

– Unclip actuator rod ⇒ Item 7 (page 18) , remove bolt ⇒ Item 10 (page 19) and take lock out of rear lid.
❑ Installing - only with engaged rotary latch
AG. Volkswagen AG d
10 - Oval-head countersunk bolt agen oes
olksw not
yV gu
❑ 20 Nm ed b ara
nte
ris
ho eo
11 - Relay lever aut ra
c
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

2.6.1 Installing

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

– Engage retaining clip again.

wit
, is n

h re
– Bring lock cylinder housing into contact with handle trim and
hole

spec
engage in handle. Housing can be heard to lock in place.
es, in part or in w

t to the co
– Continue installation in reverse order of removal.

rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Rear lid, Golf 19


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

2.7 Removing and installing lock cylinder housing

1 - Handle
2 - Guide sleeves
3 - Grip moulding
4 - Seal
5 - Retaining clip
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
6 - Shaft olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
7 - Locking ring rise nte
tho eo
au ra
8 - Spring ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
9 - Seal
du

an
itte

y li
10 - Lock cylinder housing
erm

ab
ility
ot p

❑ Removing:

wit
, is n

h re
– Unclip rear lid trim (han‐
hole

spec
dle is secured by means
es, in part or in w

of cross-head screw).

t to the co
– Unclip pull rod for rear
lid lock (if necessary, ac‐

rrectness of i
tuator rod for central
locking), lever out re‐
l purpos

taining clip
⇒ Item 5 (page 20) and
take lock cylinder out of

nf
ercia

o
grip moulding
rm
m

atio
⇒ Item 3 (page 20) .
om

n in
or c

11 - Linkage clip
thi
te

sd
iva

❑ For rear lid lock


o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

12 - Linkage clip
en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
❑ For positioning motor C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

20 Rep. Gr.55 - Bonnet, rear lid


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

3 Rear lid, Bora

3.1 Tools agen


AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
Special tools and workshop equipment requiredd by V gu
ara
rise nte
♦ Socket driver -T10010- utho eo
ra
s a c
s

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

♦ Setting gauge -3371-

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

3.2 Assembly overview

3. Rear lid, Bora 21


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

1 - Rear lid
❑ Adjusting ⇒ page 16
To adjust, proceed as per in‐
structions for Golf model
❑ Body gaps/shut lines
⇒ Body Repairs; Rep.
Gr. 00 ; Body gaps;
Body, rear
2 - Trim panel
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ General body repairs,
interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ;
Removing and installing
rear lid trim
3 - Adjustment buffer
❑ Adjusting ⇒ page 16
4 - Hexagon nuts
❑ 22 Nm
5 - Hinge
6 - Bolt
❑ 22 Nm
7 - Rubber buffer
8 - Gas strut
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 16
❑ Releasing gas
⇒ page 16
olkswagen AG
en AG. V
9 - Lock plate ksw
ag does
not
y Vol gu
❑ Adjusting - withinised b over‐ ara
nte
sized holesut
hor eo
a ra
❑ Body gaps/shut
ss lines c
⇒ Body Repairs; Rep. Gr. 00 ; Body gaps; Body, rear
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

10 - Bolt
y li
erm

ab

❑ 22 Nm
ility
ot p

wit
is n

11 - Lock plate
h re
ole,

❑ For USA only


spec
urposes, in part or in wh

12 - Pop rivet nut


t to the co

❑ Insert using pop rivet nut pliers -V.A.G 1765 A-


13 - Index number backing plate
rrectne

❑ Only apply pressure to hatched area


s

❑ Replacement part has two foils. The first foil covers the adhesive surface, the second must be pulled off
s o

after assembly.
cial p

f inform

14 - Line
mer

atio
m

15 - Hinge cover
o

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

22 Rep. Gr.55 - Bonnet, rear lid


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

3.3 Removing and installing rear lid


agen
AGlock
. Volkswagen AG
do
ksw es n
Vol ot g
d by ua
ran
e
1 - Lock cylinder housing tho
ris tee
or
au
❑ Removing and installing ss
ac
⇒ page 24

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
2 - Handle

itte

y li
erm

ab
❑ Removing ⇒ General

ility
ot p
body repairs, interior;

wit
, is n

Rep. Gr. 70 ; Rear lid

h re
trim
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

– Remove screw

t to the co
⇒ Item 14 (page 24) ,
separate connector for
switch

rrectness of i
⇒ Item 3 (page 23)
and take handle off rear
l purpos

lid.

nf
ercia

3 - Switch for rear lid lock re‐

or
lease -E165-

m
m

atio
m

4 - Rear lid
o

n in
or c

thi
e

5 - Lock
t

sd
iva

o
r

❑ Removing ⇒ General
rp

cu
o

m
body repairs, interior;
f

en
ng

t.
yi
Rep. Gr. 70 ; Rear lid
Co
op py
trim t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
– Separate connector
o Vo
by c lksw
cted
from lock.
agen
Prote AG.

❑ Unclip actuator rod


⇒ Item 11 (page 23) ,
unscrew hexagon nuts
⇒ Item 6 (page 23)
and remove lock.
6 - Hexagon nut
❑ 7 Nm
7 - Relay lever with linkage clip
8 - Motor for rear lid lock release -V139-
❑ Removing ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Removing and installing rear lid trim
– Separate connector from motor.
❑ Unclip actuator rods ⇒ Item 11 (page 23) and ⇒ Item 13 (page 23) .
– Unscrew hexagon nuts ⇒ Item 10 (page 23) and take off support bracket ⇒ Item 12 (page 23) .

– Unbolt motor for rear lid lock release ⇒ Item 8 (page 23) off support bracket.
9 - Relay lever
10 - Hexagon nut
❑ 7 Nm
11 - Actuator rod
❑ Press relay lever ⇒ Item 7 (page 23) against stop and insert actuator rod stress-free
12 - Support bracket
13 - Actuator rod
❑ Press relay lever with linkage clip ⇒ Item 7 (page 23) against stop and insert actuator rod stress-free

3. Rear lid, Bora 23


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

14 - Bolt
❑ 7 Nm

3.4 Removing and installing lock cylinder housing

1 - VW emblem
❑ Comprises of emblem
carrier and script
❑ To install VW emblem,
pull off protective foil
and bond to lock cylin‐
der housing using dou‐
ble-sided adhesive tape n AG. Volkswagen AG do
swage es n
❑ Also screwed to lock cyl‐ byV
olk ot g
ua
inder housing ir se
d ran
tee
⇒ Item 7 (page 24) utho
or
a ac
ss
2 - Lock cylinder housing

ce
e
nl

pt
du

❑ Removing:

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
– Removing rear lid trim ⇒

ility
ot p

General body repairs,

wit
interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ;
, is n

h re
Rear lid trim .
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

– Separate microswitch/

t to the co
wiring harness connec‐
tor.

rrectness of i
– Disconnect actuator rod
from relay lever.
l purpos

– Remove bolts

nform
ercia

⇒ Item 6 (page 24)


(qty. 3).
m

at
om

io
– Pull lock cylinder hous‐

n
c

in t
or

ing with VW emblem out

his
ate

of rear lid. do
priv

cum
or

❑ Installing:
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
Installation is carried out in the C py
t. rig
reverse order.
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted
3 - Microswitch
agen
Prote AG.

❑ For vehicles with central locking


❑ For vehicles without central locking
❑ Allocation ⇒ Genuine Parts
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 25
4 - Linkage clip
❑ To remove actuator rod, release linkage clip and lift up
5 - Seal
❑ Bonded locally to lock cylinder housing
6 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 3
❑ 4 Nm
7 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 2

24 Rep. Gr.55 - Bonnet, rear lid


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003
❑ 0.3 Nm

3.5 Removing and installing microswitch

3.5.1 Removing
– Removing and installing lock cylinder housing -2- ⇒ page 24 . AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
– Disengage locking hook on microswitch -1-. d by
V gu
ara
ise nte
r
To do this, press locking hook downwards -arrow-. ut ho eo
ra
s a c
s

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
– Disengage locking hooks -arrows- of microswitch -1- out of
lock cylinder housing -2-.

rrectness of i
– Take microswitch -1- off lock cylinder -2-.
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op py
3.5.2 Installing
t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
– Attach wires -1- and -2- in retainer -arrow- of microswitch -3-. Prote
cted AG.
agen

3. Rear lid, Bora 25


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

– Engage locking hooks -arrows- of microswitch -1- in lock cyl‐


inder housing -2-.

– When doing this, ensure that microswitch is positioned at the


locking lugs -arrows- on the lock cylinder housing -1-.
– Before engaging microswitch, check that wiring is correctly at‐
tached in retainer of microswitch and lock cylinder. If this is not
the case, the wiring and/or microswitch could become dam‐ agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
aged when the microswitch is engaged. olksw not
y V gu
db a
e ran
ris tee
utho or
a ac
ss

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

– Engage microswitch -1- with lock cylinder housing -2-. Ensure

h re
ole,

that locking hook -arrow- engages correctly.

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

– Install lock cylinder housing ⇒ page 24

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

26 Rep. Gr.55 - Bonnet, rear lid


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

4 Rear lid, estate

4.1 Assembly overview

1 - Rear lid
❑ Adjusting ⇒ page 16
❑ Body gaps/shut lines
⇒ Body Repairs; Rep.
Gr. 00 ; Body gaps;
Body, rear
2 - Trim panel
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ General body repairs,
interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ;
Removing and installing
rear lid trim
3 - Adjustment buffer
❑ Adjusting ⇒ page 16
4 - Gas strut
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 16
❑ Releasing gas
⇒ page 16
5 - Ball head pin
❑ 10 Nm
6 - Bolt AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
❑ 22 Nm olksw
oes
not
byV gu
ara
d
7 - Lock plate orise nte
eo
h
ut
❑ Adjusting - within over‐ ss a ra
c
sized holes

ce
e
nl

pt
du

❑ Body gaps/shut lines

an
itte

y li
⇒ Body Repairs; Rep.
erm

ab
Gr. 00 ; Body gaps;

ility
ot p

Body, rear
wit
, is n

h re
8 - Cap
hole

spec
9 - Pop rivet nut
es, in part or in w

t to the co

10 - Hexagon nuts
❑ 22 Nm
rrectness of i

11 - Hinge
l purpos

12 - Bolt
❑ 10 Nm
nf
ercia

orm

13 - Index number backing plate


m

atio
m

❑ Only apply pressure to hatched area


o

n in
or c

❑ Replacement part has two foils. The first foil covers the adhesive surface, the second must be pulled off
thi
te

sd
a

after assembly.
iv

o
r
rp

cu
o

14 - Pop rivet nut


f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
❑ Insert using pop rivet nut pliers -V.A.G 1765 A- ht. Cop py
rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

4. Rear lid, estate 27


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

4.2 Removing and installing rear lid lock

1 - Lock cylinder housing


❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 29
2 - Handle
❑ Removing ⇒ General
body repairs, interior;
Rep. Gr. 70 ; Rear lid
trim
– Remove screw
⇒ Item 4 (page 28) ,
separate connector for
switch
⇒ Item 3 (page 28)
and take handle off rear
lid.

3 - Switch for rear lid lock re‐


lease -E165-
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
4 - Bolt Volksw not
gu
by ara
❑ 7 Nm rised
nte
ho eo
ut
5 - Support bracket
ss a ra
c
ce
le

6 - Actuator rod
un

pt
an
d
itte

❑ Press relay lever with


y li
rm

ab

linkage clip
pe

ility

⇒ Item 13 (page 29)


ot

wit
, is n

against stop and insert


h re

actuator rod stress-free


hole

spec
es, in part or in w

7 - Hexagon nut
t to the co

❑ 7 Nm
8 - Motor for rear lid lock re‐
rrectness of i

lease -V139-
l purpos

❑ Removing ⇒ General
body repairs, interior;
Rep. Gr. 70 ; Rear lid
nform
ercia

trim
m

– Separate connector from motor.


com

tion in
r
te o

– Unclip actuator rod ⇒ Item 6 (page 28) from lock cylinder housing.
thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

– Unclip actuator rod ⇒ Item 9 (page 28) from motor for rear lid lock release.
um
fo

en
ng

t.
yi
– Unscrew hexagon nuts ⇒ Item 7 (page 28) and take off support bracket ⇒ Item 5 (page 28) .
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
– Unbolt motor for rear lid lock release ⇒ Item 8 (page 28) off support bracket.
p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote
9 - Actuator rod
AG.

❑ Press relay lever with actuator rod ⇒ Item 13 (page 29) against stop and insert actuator rod stress-free
10 - Bolt
❑ 22 Nm
11 - Lock
❑ Removing
– Removing rear lid trim ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Rear lid trim .

– Separate connector from lock.

28 Rep. Gr.55 - Bonnet, rear lid


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003
❑ Unclip actuator rod ⇒ Item 9 (page 28) , unscrew bolts ⇒ Item 10 (page 28) (qty. 2) and remove lock.
12 - Rear lid
13 - Relay lever with linkage clip

4.3 Removing and installing lock cylinder housing

1 - VW emblem
❑ Comprises of emblem
carrier and script gen AG. Volkswagen AG d
wa oes
❑ To install VW olks
y V emblem,
not
b gu
ara
pull offrisprotective foil
ed
nte
andutbond
ho to lock cylin‐ eo
ra
der
s housing using dou‐
s a c
ble-sided adhesive tape

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
❑ Also screwed to lock cyl‐
itte

y li
inder housing
erm

ab
⇒ Item 7 (page 30)

ility
ot p

wit
, is n

2 - Lock cylinder housing

h re
hole

❑ Removing:

spec
es, in part or in w

– Removing rear lid trim ⇒

t to the co
General body repairs,
interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ;
Rear lid trim . rrectness of i
l purpos

– Separate microswitch/
wiring harness connec‐
tor.
nform
ercia

– Disconnect actuator rod


m

at
om

from relay lever


ion
c

in t
or

his
e

– Remove bolts
at

do
riv

⇒ Item 6 (page 29)


p

cum

(qty. 3).
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
– Pull lock cylinder hous‐ C py
ht. rig
ing with VW emblem out rig ht
py by
of rear lid. co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
❑ Installing:
Installation is carried out in the
reverse order.

3 - Microswitch
❑ For vehicles with central locking
❑ For vehicles without central locking
❑ Allocation ⇒ Genuine Parts
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 30
4 - Linkage clip
❑ To remove actuator rod, release linkage clip and lift up
5 - Seal
❑ Bonded locally to lock cylinder housing
6 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 3
❑ 4 Nm

4. Rear lid, estate 29


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

7 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 2
❑ 0.3 Nm

4.4 Removing and installing microswitch

4.4.1 Removing
– Removing and installing lock cylinder housing -2- ⇒ page 29
– Disengage locking hook -arrow- on microswitch -1-.
To do this, press locking hook downwards.

– Disengage locking hooks -arrows- of microswitch -1- out of


lock cylinder housing -2-.
– Take microswitch -1- off lock cylinder -2-. n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec

4.4.2 Installing
es, in part or in w

t to the co

– Attach wires -1- and -2- in retainer -arrow- of microswitch -3-.


rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

30 Rep. Gr.55 - Bonnet, rear lid


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

– Engage locking hooks -arrows- of microswitch -1- in lock cyl‐


inder housing -2-.

– When doing this, ensure that microswitch is positioned at the


locking lugs -arrows- on the lock cylinder housing -1-.
– Before engaging microswitch, check that wiring is correctly at‐
tached in retainer of microswitch and lock cylinder. If this is not
the case, the wiring and/or microswitch could become dam‐
aged when the microswitch is engaged.

– Engage microswitch -1- with lock cylinder housing -2-. Ensure


that locking hook -arrow- engages correctly.
– Install lock cylinder housing ⇒ page 29 .

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

4. Rear lid, estate 31


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

5 Tank flap unit

5.1 Removing and installing tank flap unit (Golf)

1 - Tank flap unit


❑ Removing:
– Unscrew tank cap.

– Press back lock release


rod by operating remote
release.
– Remove cross-head
screw
⇒ Item 2 (page 32) .
– Pull rubber part off fuel
tank filler and swing tank
flap unit out of side pan‐
el.
❑ Installing:
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
Assembly bracket and posi‐ Volksw not
gu
tioner element installed. d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
ut
– Install tank flap unit (rub‐ ss a ra
c
ber part rolled up) with

ce
le
un

hinge side leading.

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

– Secure tank flap unit

ab
pe

ility
and assembly part.
ot

wit
, is n

h re
2 - Cross-head screw
hole

spec
3 - Tank flap cup
es, in part or in w

t to the co
❑ Removing and installing
(can only be removed as
part of tank flap unit) rrectness of i
❑ Press out securing pin in
l purpos

tank flap unit to remove


the tank flap
nform
ercia

4 - Drain hose
m

5 - Side panel
a
com

tion in

6 - Release rod
r
te o

thi
s
iva

7 - Tank flap positioner element


do
r
rp

cum
fo

8 - Seal
en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
9 - Assembly piece
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
❑ Pushed into side panel p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
10 - Rubber part Prote AG.

32 Rep. Gr.55 - Bonnet, rear lid


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

5.2 Removing and installing tank flap unit (Bora)


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
yV gu
1 - Tank flap unit ed b ara
nte
ris
❑ Removing: aut
ho eo
ra
ss c
– Unscrew tank cap.

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte
– Press back lock release

y li
erm

ab
rod by operating remote

ility
ot p
release.

wit
, is n

h re
– Remove cross-head
hole

spec
screw es, in part or in w
⇒ Item 2 (page 33) .

t to the co
– Pull rubber part off fuel
tank filler and swing tank

rrectness of i
flap unit out of side pan‐
el.
l purpos

❑ Installing:

nf
ercia

Assembly bracket and posi‐

orm
tioner element installed.
m

atio
om

n in
c

– Install tank flap unit (rub‐


or

thi
e

ber part rolled up) with


t

sd
iva

hinge side leading.

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

– Secure tank flap unit


t.
yi Co
op
and assembly part. C py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
2 - Cross-head screw co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
3 - Tank flap cup
❑ Removing and installing
(can only be removed as
part of tank flap unit)
❑ Press out securing pin in
tank flap unit to remove
the tank flap
4 - Assembly piece
❑ Pushed into side panel
5 - Seal
6 - Tank flap positioner element
7 - Securing bracket
8 - Release rod
9 - Rubber part
❑ Roll up to install
10 - Side panel

5. Tank flap unit 33


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

57 – Front doors, door components, central locking


1 Front door

1.1 Tools
AG. Volkswagen AG d
Special tools and workshop agen oes
olksw not
equipment required byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
o
♦ Socket driver -T10011- aut
h eo
ra
ss c
♦ Socket driver -T10072-

ce
le
un

pt
an
d

♦ Assembly tool -T10034-


itte

y li
rm

ab
♦ Bit insert -3320/2- for
pe

ility
ot

-3320-

wit
, is n

h re
♦ Bit insert -3320/3- for
hole

spec
-3320-
es, in part or in w

t to the co
♦ Socket -3410-

rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

34 Rep. Gr.57 - Front doors, door components, central locking


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

1.2 Assembly overview

Note

♦ The door hinge bolts must always be replaced if loosened.


♦ The dash panel must be removed to remove and adjust the upper door hinges.

1 - Door
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 37
2 - Door handle with backing
plate
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 40
3 - Lock cylinder housing
❑ Removing ⇒ page 39
4 - Cap
5 - Bolt
❑ 18 Nm
6 - Locking button
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 46
7 - Locking rod
8 - Bellows
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
wage es n
9 - Bolt yV
olks ot g
ua
d b
❑ 20 Nm o
ir se
ran
tee
th or
u
10 - Lock platess a ac
ce
e
nl

11 - Door lock
pt
du

an
itte

❑ Removing and installing


y li
erm

ab

⇒ page 42
ility
ot p

wit

12 - Bowden cable
, is n

h re
hole

13 - Interior release handle


spec
es, in part or in w

14 - Multi-point socket head


t to the co

bolt
❑ M8×28
rrectness of i

❑ 20 Nm + 1/4 turn (90°)


l purpos

further
❑ Always renew bolts after loosening
nform
ercia

15 - Multi-point socket head bolt


m

at

❑ M8×28
om

ion
c

❑ Remove only this bolt from hinge to remove door


in t
or

his
te

❑ 20 Nm + 1/4 turn (90°) further


a

do
priv

cum
or

❑ Always renew bolts after loosening


f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
16 - Door hinge with door arrester t. Cop py
rig
gh
❑ Hinge is split
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
17 - Multi-point socket head bolt
cted agen
Prote AG.

❑ M8×28

1. Front door 35
Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003
❑ Installed from inside vehicle
❑ Removing A-pillar lower trim ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Pillar and side panel trim
❑ 20 Nm + 1/4 turn (90°) further
❑ Always renew bolts after loosening
18 - Multi-point socket head bolt
❑ M8×28
❑ 20 Nm + 1/4 turn (90°) further
❑ Always renew bolts after loosening
19 - Multi-point socket head bolt
❑ M8×28
❑ 20 Nm + 1/4 turn (90°) further
❑ Always renew bolts after loosening
20 - Cap
21 - Bolt
❑ 13 Nm
22 - Door hinge
❑ Hinge is split n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
yV
23 - Multi-point socket head ir se
d bolt
b ua
ran
o tee
❑ M8×22 auth or
ac
s
❑ Installed from inside vehicle
s
ce
le
un

pt

❑ To loosen or tighten bolt, remove and install dash panel ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ;
an
d
itte

Dash panel
y li
erm

ab

❑ 20 Nm + 1/4 turn (90°) further


ility
ot p

wit
is n

❑ Always renew bolts after loosening


h re
ole,

spec

24 - Multi-point socket head bolt


urposes, in part or in wh

❑ M8×28
t to the co

❑ 20 Nm + 1/4 turn (90°) further


rrectne

❑ Always renew bolts after loosening


ss o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

36 Rep. Gr.57 - Front doors, door components, central locking


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

1.3 Removing and installing door

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec

– Remove A-pillar lower trim -5- ⇒ General body repairs, inte‐


es, in part or in w

t to the co

rior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Pillar and side panel trim; Removing A-pillar
lower trim .
– Separate connectors -6- on A-pillar.
rrectness of i

– Pull bellows -3- off A-pillar. Pull wiring out of opening -arrow-
l purpos

in pillar.
– Lever off cap -2- and unscrew bolt -1- from upper hinge pin.
nform
ercia

Torque setting: 13 Nm
m

at
om

– Unscrew lower bolt -4- from hinge using door alignment tool
ion
c

-3320- and bit insert -3320/2- . Torque setting: 20 Nm + 1/4


in t
or

his
te

turn (90°) further


a

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi
Note
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
Always renew this bolt. cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Lift door upwards out of hinge brackets.

1. Front door 37
Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003 n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
1.4 Adjusting door tho
ir se tee
or
au ac
To ensure a correct door adjustment the door hinge must be loos‐
ss

ce
e
ened on the pillar. Other measures, such as raising the door, have

nl

pt
du

an
no effect. Subsequent pressure from above will cause the door to

itte

y li
sack again.

erm

ab
ility
ot p
The door alignment tool -3320- with bit -3320/2- is to be used for

wit
, is n
this.

h re
hole

spec
If it is necessary to loosen the upper door hinge on the A-pillar
es, in part or in w
from the inside, socket driver -3410- can be used. To do this, re‐

t to the co
move dash panel ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ;
Dash panel; Removing and installing dash panel .

rrectness of i
1.5 Assembly overview - door handle and door lock
l purpos

1 - Door lock

nform
ercia

❑ The door lock can be re‐


moved only together
m

at
om

i
with the assembly carri‐

on
c

er.

in t
or

his
te

❑ Removing and installing


a

do
riv

⇒ page 42
p

cum
for

en
ng

2 - Cable
t.
yi Co
Cop py
❑ Lock release
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
3 - Retaining bracket
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
❑ Bolted and riveted to
door lock
❑ Not supplied with door
lock
4 - Multi-point socket head bolt
❑ This screw has been re‐
placed by a Torx screw.
The new tool was intro‐
duced as a result.
❑ Socket driver -T10011-
❑ Socket driver -T10072-
❑ Loosening this screw re‐
leases the lock cylinder
housing
⇒ Item 11 (page 39) ,
which can then be
pulled out of bearing
plate
⇒ Item 5 (page 38) .
❑ Bolt ⇒ Item 4 (page 38)
should not be screwed
in if the lock cylinder
housing is not in place.
The retaining ring could
fall into the door.
5 - Bearing plate
❑ Removing:
Door handle, lock cylinder housing and assembly carrier removed

– Remove cross-head screw ⇒ Item 6 (page 39) , push bearing plate backwards slightly and take out of
door.

38 Rep. Gr.57 - Front doors, door components, central locking


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

6 - Cross-head screw
7 - Key
❑ With remote control (non-folding type)
❑ Renewing battery ▸ 04.01 ⇒ page 56
8 - Key
❑ With remote control (folding type)
❑ Renewing battery ▸ 04.01 ⇒ page 57
❑ Renewing battery 05.01 ▸ ⇒ page 58
❑ Adapting new or additional key to remote control ⇒ page 60 .
9 - Door handle with backing plate AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 40 olksw not
V gu
d by ara
e nte
10 - Cap horis
eo
aut ra
11 - Lock cylinder housing ss c

ce
le
un

❑ Removing ⇒ page 39

pt
an
d
itte

y li
❑ Lock cylinder is not available as a single replacement part
rm

ab
pe

ility
12 - Backing plate
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
1.6 Removing and installing lock cylinder
es, in part or in w

t to the co
housing

rrectness of i
1.6.1 Removing
l purpos

– Lever out cap -3-.

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

1. Front door 39
Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

– Pull door handle -1- and hold. Unscrew bolt -3- using socket
wrench -T10011- ( socket wrench -T10072- was introduced
later for this purpose) onto stop. This releases the lock cylinder
housing.

Note

Unscrewing the bolt too far could result in the retaining ring being
separated from the bearing plate and subsequently falling into the
door.

– Pull lock cylinder housing -2- out of door handle bearing plate
of door handle at right angles.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
yV gu
1.6.2 Installing d b ara
ise nte
or eo
h
ut ra
– Fit lock cylinder housing in bearing plate ofss door handle at right
a c
angles.

ce
le
un

pt
an
d

– Now screw bolt in bearing plate using the socket driver.


itte

y li
rm

ab
The door handle engages back into the lock cylinder housing with
pe

ility
ot

an audible click.

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
Note
es, in part or in w

t to the co
During assembly, the door handle and lock cylinder housing
should be pressed against the door panel.

rrectness of i
l purpos

– Then perform remaining installation in reverse order of remov‐


al.
nform
ercia

• It is essential that a functional check is then carried out as an


incorrectly fitted and adjusted cable will mean the door cannot
m

be opened.
com

tion in
r

1.7 Removing and installing door handle


te o

thi
s
iva

do
r

Removing and installing lock cylinder housing ⇒ page 39 .


rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
1.7.1 Removing
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
– Remove clip -1- out of door handle. py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted
– Swing door handle out of door.
agen
Prote AG.

1.7.2 Installing

40 Rep. Gr.57 - Front doors, door components, central locking


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
orise nte
eo
Golf 1998 ➤
h
s aut
General
ra
c body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003
s

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Guide assembly tool -T10034- through the opening on the in‐


side of the door panel.
– To improve visibility, shine a pocket lamp inside the door.
– Hook assembly tool in spring -1- -arrow A-.
– Hook spring in door lock by pulling assembly tool -arrow B-.
– Swing door handle into door.
– Pull clip -1- into panel aperture and engage in door handle
-2-.

Note

Door handle -2- must be pressed against the door panel during
assembly.

Install lock cylinder housing ⇒ page 40 .


• It is essential that a functional check is then carried out with
the door open as an incorrectly fitted and adjusted cable will
mean the door cannot be opened.

1. Front door 41
Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

1.8 Removing and installing door lock


Attached to the assembly carrier are window regulator, door lock
and loudspeaker.
The door lock can be removed only together with the assembly
carrier.
The assembly carrier can only be removed if the door window is
unbolted from the clamping brackets of the window regulator. To
do this, lower door window to the height of the assembly holes in
assembly carrier and loosen clamping brackets.
If the door window cannot be lowered on the electric window ver‐
sion, first determine the cause of the fault.
To do this, use fault reader -V.A.G 1551- to interrogate fault mem‐
ory of convenience system (address word 46) ⇒ Body self-
diagnosis; Rep. Gr. 01 ; Convenience system; Interrogating fault
memory .
If an electrical fault has been caused by the window regulator
motor, the motor can be removed from the assembly carrier.

1.8.1 Removing
– Removing front door trim ⇒ General body repairs, interior;
Rep. Gr. 70 ; Removing and installing door trim .
– Removing and installing lock cylinder housing ⇒ page 39 .
– Remove clip -1- out of door handle.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

– Lever out cover caps -1-.


t to the co

– Lower door window until securing bolts for door window are
accessible.
rrectne

Note
ss o
cial p

If the work step cannot be carried out because there is a fault with
inform

the electric window motor, remove motor to slide window down.


mer

atio
om

– Loosen bolts -2- and press clamps apart.


n
c

i
or

n thi
e

– Slide door window upwards and hold in place (e.g. with adhe‐
t

sd
iva

sive tape).
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

42 Rep. Gr.57 - Front doors, door components, central locking


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

– Separate all wiring connectors -arrows-.

– Remove screws -2-.


Torque setting: 20 Nm
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
– Remove bolts -arrows-. Pull assembly carrier at top off door,
hole

spec
raise and lift out of door to hinge side of door.
es, in part or in w

t to the co
– Turn assembly carrier and pull connector off door lock.
– Then disengage clips for electrical wiring on back of assembly
carrier.

rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Drive out clips -1- using a drift.

1. Front door 43
Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

– Disengage cable -2- out of clip -1-.


– Using a screwdriver -3-, lever off the door lock with the as‐
sembly carrier installation aid.

Note

The retaining bracket is not part of the items supplied with the
door lock. Secured to door lock with a bolt and a pop rivet.
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
– Unclip securing rod -1-. To do this turn door lock in direction

ce
le

of arrow.
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
– Unclip cable -2-.
rm

ab
pe

ility
– Turn cable nipple 90° and remove from eye.
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
1.8.2 Installing
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

44 Rep. Gr.57 - Front doors, door components, central locking


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

– Pull operating lever -1- in direction of arrow.


nform
ercia

– Using a screwdriver, tension the spring -2- mounted on the


m

at
om

door lock in the direction of the arrow and attach the lock lever
ion
c

to the spring.
in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
or

Note
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
By hooking the operating lever in, the lock becomes locked. This prevents “incorrect” attachment of the Bowden
C py
t. rig
gh
cable later.
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Insert assembly carrier in door.

1. Front door 45
Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

– Insert all bolts. Tighten bolts -1- and -2- in the sequence speci‐
fied.
Torque setting: 8 Nm
– The remaining bolts can be tightened in any sequence.
– Press door window -3- in window channel -arrow- and tighten
clamping jaws via the bolts -4-.
• Torque setting: Plastic clamping jaws 9 Nm, aluminium clamp‐
ing jaws 11 Nm.
– Then perform remaining installation in reverse order of remov‐
al.
• Then perform functional check.

1.9 Removing and installing locking button


for locking rod
AG. Volkswagen AG d
The description for removing and installing the locking
wage buttons
n oes
olks not
should be strictly adhered to. db
y V gu
ara
ise nte
r
If the instructions are not observed correctly,
ut
ho the locking rods in eo
ra
the front doors and the relays in thessrear doors could unscrew
a c
and/or the mountings could become damaged.

ce
le
un

pt
an
d

1.9.1 Removing
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
Front right and rear left doors
ot

wit
, is n

h re
– Release locking button by turning 180° anti-clockwise.
hole

spec
– Take locking button off upwards.
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

46 Rep. Gr.57 - Front doors, door components, central locking


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

1.9.2 Installing
Front right and rear left doors
– Fit locking button onto locking rod with mark -small dot on top-
towards vehicle interior.
– Press locking button on locking rod until the fluted section is
flush with the height of the door trim.
– Then turn the locking button 180° anti-clockwise.
The locking button could project approx. 0..2 mm out of the door
trim in the locked position.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
1.9.3 Removing
Front left and rear right doors

rrectness of i
– Release locking button by turning 180° clockwise.
l purpos

– Take locking button off upwards. nf


ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

1. Front door 47
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
Golf 1998 ➤ d byV gu
ara
e
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003 horis nte
eo
aut ra
ss c
1.9.4 Installing

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte
Front left and rear right doors

y li
erm

ab
ility
– Fit locking button onto locking rod with mark -small dot on top-

ot p

wit
towards vehicle interior.

, is n

h re
hole
– Press locking button on locking rod until the fluted section is

spec
flush with the height of the door trim.

es, in part or in w

t to the co
– Then turn the locking button 180° clockwise.
The locking button could project approx. 0..2 mm out of the door

rrectness of i
trim in the locked position.
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by

1.10 Door seals


co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

48 Rep. Gr.57 - Front doors, door components, central locking


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab

During production, a sealant is applied to the door seals, which


ility
ot p

are then placed on the door flange and rolled on.


wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

Note
t to the co

♦ When seals are removed, the sealant will spread to the inside of the seal and the flanks will be bent out
slightly. If the seal is then refitted, a tight seal is not guaranteed.
rrectne

♦ Therefore each seal which is removed completely should be replaced by a so-called “tap-on” seal.
s

♦ If a seal has been partially removed, squeeze sides of seal together before refitting.
s o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

1. Front door 49
Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

1.10.1 Assembly overview

1 - Door inner seal, 4-door


❑ Start at the upper radius
of the door aperture AG. Volkswagen AG d
when installing the seal agen oes
olksw not
V gu
by ara
2 - Door inner seal, 2-door rised
nte
ho eo
❑ Start at the B-pillar trim s aut ra
c
when installing the seal s

ce
e
nl

pt
3 - Door inner seal du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
4 - Additional seal

ility
ot p

❑ Material - TPE

wit
, is n

h re
❑ Additional seal cannot
hole

spec
be removed without it
es, in part or in w

becoming damaged

t to the co
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 50

rrectness of i
5 - Door outer seal, 4-door
l purpos

6 - Clip
❑ Inserted in door seal

nform
ercia

7 - Clip
m

at
❑ Inserted in door seal
om

ion
c

in t
or

8 - Door outer seal, 2-door

his
ate

do
priv

c
Note

um
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
♦ The trim must be removed to re‐ Cop py
t. rig
move the door seals. opyri
gh by
Vo
ht
by c
♦ It may be necessary to loosen
lksw
cted agen
Prote
the dash panel depending on
AG.

space available in the dash pan‐


el area.

1.11 Removing and installing additional seal

1.11.1 Materials
♦ Spray-type sealant -D 476 KD9 A3-

♦ Primer -ALO 822 000 04- 1)

♦ Cleaning solution -D 009 401 04-

♦ Adhesive remover -D 002 000 10-

1) If desired, primer -D 822 150 A1- can also be used

1.11.2 Tools
Special tools and workshop equipment required

50 Rep. Gr.57 - Front doors, door components, central locking


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

♦ Roller for fitting door insulation foil -3356-

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
u ra
1.11.3 Removing
s a c
s

ce
e
nl

pt
du

– Pull off additional seal from the centre outwards in direction of

an
itte

y li
arrow
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
ercia

– Cut through sealant (adhesive) at ends of additional seal (only


upper part is visible in diagram) using a cutting tool.
m

at
om

io

– Remove rest/residue of adhesive tape from door.


n
c

in t
or

his
e

– In order to prevent the additional seal from accumulating ex‐


at

do
riv

cessively at the ends, the sealant must be cut down (do not
p

cum
or

remove down to the paintwork).


f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

1. Front door 51
Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

1.11.4 Installing
– Clean the ends of the additional seal using cleaning solution -
D 009 401 04- . The drying time is 5 minutes.
– Now spray the primer -ALO 822 000 04- thinly onto the surface
and observe the drying time of 10 minutes.
Before bonding additional seal, hold it against the door to ensure
it is of the correct size and length.
– Apply a small dot of sealant -D 476 KD9 A3- to the ends.

Note

Do not apply too much sealant. Remove excess material.

– Now pull protective foil off additional seal.

– Position the additional seal -1- at the top of the seam seal n AG. Volkswagen AG do
-arrow-. Press the additional seal onto the door from l wageto
kstop es n
o ot g
bottom. At the end of the additional seal is dimensionbyV -a- of ua
ed ran
approx. 21 mm at the door flange. ho ris tee
t or
au ac
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
– Roll the additional seal firmly in place using the door insulation
foil roller -3356- .
rrectness of i
– Remove any excess sealant from the door that may have been
pressed out.
l purpos

nform
ercia

Note
m

at
om

io

It may take up to a few days before the sealant is fully hardened.


n
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

52 Rep. Gr.57 - Front doors, door components, central locking


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

2 Central locking olkswage


n AG. Volkswagen AG do
es n
ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
or
2.1 Assembly overview for central locking and convenience system au ac
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte
1 - Coupling station

y li
erm

ab
❑ Installation position:

ility
ot p
Lower A-pillar, covered

wit
, is n
by trim in footwell

h re
hole

spec
– Remove A-pillar lower
es, in part or in w
trim ⇒ General body re‐

t to the co
pairs, interior; Rep. Gr.
70 ; Pillar and side panel
trim; Removing A-pillar

rrectness of i
lower trim .
l purpos

2 - Front right door control unit


❑ For convenience sys‐

nform
ercia

tem only
m

at
❑ Integrated into window
om

ion
regulator motor
c

in t
or

his
e

❑ Removing:
at

do
priv

c
– Removing door trim ⇒

um
for

en
g

General body repairs,


n

t.
yi Co
interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; . Cop py
Door trim .
t rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
– Removing front assem‐ cted agen
Prote AG.
bly carrier ⇒ page 146 .

– Unbolt window regulator


motor ⇒ page 161 .

3 - Front right door lock


❑ Door lock is secured to
assembly carrier
❑ The electric central lock‐
ing is integrated in the
door lock module
❑ Removing:
– Removing door trim ⇒
General body repairs,
interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Door trim .

– Removing front assembly carrier ⇒ page 146 .

– Removing door lock ⇒ page 42 .

4 - Coupling station
❑ Installation position: B-pillar
– Removing B-pillar lower trim ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Pillar and side panel trim .

5 - Rear right door control unit


❑ For convenience system only
❑ Integrated into window regulator motor
❑ Removing:
– Removing door trim ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Door trim

– Unbolt window regulator motor ⇒ page 161 .

2. Central locking 53
Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

6 - Rear right door lock


❑ Door lock is secured to assembly carrier
❑ The electric central locking is integrated in the door lock module
❑ Removing:
– Removing door trim ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Door trim

– Removing door lock ⇒ page 67

7 - Motor for tank flap lock -V155-


❑ Installation position: Under C-pillar trim
❑ To remove, the luggage compartment trim must first be detached up to the wheel housing ⇒ General
body repairs, interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Pillar and side panel trim .
❑ Can be unscrewed using socket driver -T10010- socket driver -T10010-
8 - Rear lid lock
❑ Bolted to rear lid
❑ Removing:
– Remove rear lid trim ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Rear lid trim .

– Unscrew rear lid lock.

9 - Rear lid positioning motor


AG. Volkswagen AG d
❑ Bolted to rear lid lksw
agen oes
not
o
❑ Can be unscrewed using socket driver -T10010- byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
o eo
10 - Rear left door lock aut
h
ra
ss c
❑ Door lock is secured to assembly carrier

ce
e
nl

pt
du

❑ The electric central locking is integrated in the door lock module

an
itte

y li
❑ Removing:
erm

ab
ility
ot p

– Removing door trim ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Door trim .

wit
, is n

h re
hole

– Removing door lock ⇒ page 42 .

spec
es, in part or in w

11 - Coupling station

t to the co
❑ Installation position: In area of roof cross member, covered by roof trim
– Removing roof trim ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Roof trim; Removing and installing

rrectness of i
headliner .
l purpos

12 - Anti-theft alarm horn


❑ Installation position: In area of C-pillar covered by C-pillar trim
nform
mercia

13 - Rear left door control unit


at
om

io

❑ For convenience system only


n
c

in t
or

his
e

❑ Integrated into window regulator motor


at

do
riv

❑ Removing:
p

cum
for

en
g

– Removing door trim ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Door trim .
n

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
– Removing rear assembly carrier ⇒ page 151 . rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted
– Unbolt window regulator motor ⇒ page 161 .
agen
Prote AG.

14 - Coupling station
❑ Installation position: B-pillar
– Removing B-pillar lower trim ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Pillar and side panel trim .

15 - Front left door lock


❑ Door lock is secured to assembly carrier
❑ The electric central locking is integrated in the door lock module

54 Rep. Gr.57 - Front doors, door components, central locking


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003
❑ Removing:
– Removing door trim ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Door trim .

– Removing front assembly carrier ⇒ page 146 .

– Removing door lock ⇒ page 42 .

16 - Controls
❑ Installed in door trim
❑ Removing:
– Removing door trim ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Door trim .

17 - Front left door control unit


❑ For convenience system only
❑ Integrated into window regulator motor
❑ Removing:
– Removing door trim ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Door trim .

– Removing front assembly carrier ⇒ page 146 .

– Unbolt window regulator motor ⇒ page 161 .

18 - Aerial for radio remote control agen


AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
lksw not
❑ Under left A-pillar trim byV
o gu
ara
ed
❑ Removing: horis nte
e
t or
au a
– Removing A-pillar trim
ss ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Pillar
c and side panel trim .

ce
le
un

pt
19 - Coupling station
an
d
itte

y li
❑ Installation position: Lower A-pillar, covered by trim in footwell
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

– Removing A-pillar bottom left trim ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Pillar and side panel
wit
, is n

trim h re
hole

spec
20 - Central module
es, in part or in w

t to the co

❑ Bolted to bracket on steering column under dash panel


❑ To remove, remove lower steering column trim first ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep. Gr. 68 ;
Compartments, covers and trim; Removing trim under steering column
rrectness of i

21 - Bonnet lock
l purpos

❑ Contact switch for anti-theft alarm


❑ Installation position: In lock carrier
nform
ercia

– Removing bonnet lock ⇒ page 12


m

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Central locking 55
Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
2.2 Removing and installing batteries for y V gu
d b ara
ise nte
key with remote control (non folding or eo
th
au ra
type) ▸ 04.01 ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
1- Transmitter unit - upper part (turned-over)

itte

y li
erm

ab
2- Watch battery

ility
ot p

wit
, is n
3- Contact plate

h re
hole
4- Watch battery

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
5- Transmitter unit - lower part
6- Main key with variable code transponder

rrectness of i
In order to differentiate between a transponder key and a variable
code transponder key, note that the main key is stamped with “w”.
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
2.2.1 Removing
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

– Insert a screwdriver in the slot between transmitter unit -1- and

o
r
rp

cu
key -2-.
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi
– Turn screwdriver in direction of arrow to separate transmitter
Co
Cop py
unit from key.
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Lever the transmitter unit apart at the two locking lugs


-arrows-.

– Unclip upper battery -1- out of retainers -2- using a screwdriver


in direction of arrow.

56 Rep. Gr.57 - Front doors, door components, central locking


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

– The contact plate -1- has two straight edges. If these edges
are turned towards the locking lugs, the contact plate can be
removed.
– The contact plate can also be unclipped using a screwdriver.
– Now unclip the lower battery from the retainer using a screw‐
driver.

2.2.2 Installing
Note the polarity and correct installation position when installing
batteries.
– Place the battery -4- with the positive terminal downwards in
the sender unit (positive terminal is marked on housing).
– Now place the contact plate -3- on the battery -4-.
– Place battery -2- with the positive terminal downwards on the
contact plate and secure.
– Bring transmitter unit upper part -1-AGtogether
. Volkswagwith
en AGtransmitter
agen
unit lower part -5- and clipotogether. does
lksw no
V t gu
by
– Then clip transmitterriseunit
d to the key. ara
nte
tho eo
s au ra
c
s
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co

2.3 Removing and installing batteries for


rrectness of i

key with remote control (folding type) ▸


04.01
l purpos

1- Transmitter unit - upper part


nform
ercia

2- Key with variable code transponder


m

at
om

io

3- Transmitter unit - lower part


n
c

in t
or

4- Battery
his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Central locking 57
Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

2.3.1 Removing
– Insert a screwdriver in the slot between transmitter unit -1- and
key -2-.
– Turn screwdriver in direction of arrow to separate transmitter
unit from key.

– Push transmitter unit apart in direction of arrow.

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li

– Unclip batteries from retainers in direction of arrow using a


rm

ab

screwdriver.
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
ercia

2.3.2 Installing
m

a
com

tion in
r

Note the polarity and correct installation position when installing


te o

thi

batteries.
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum

– Place the battery with the positive terminal downwards in the


fo

en
g

transmitter unit (positive terminal is marked on housing).


n

t.
yi Co
Cop py
– Engage battery in transmitter unit by pressing down lightly.
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
– Now bring cover and transmitter unit together (do not damage
c by lksw
cted agen
seal).
Prote AG.

– Then clip transmitter unit to the key.

2.4 Removing and installing batteries for key with remote control (folding type)
05.01 ▸

58 Rep. Gr.57 - Front doors, door components, central locking


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

1 - Key with variable code


transponder
2 - Transmitter unit - upper part
olkswagen AG
en AG. V
3 - LED ksw
ag does
not
y Vol gu
❑ When remote control ed
b is ara
nte
ris
operated LED ut
hoshould eo
light up. ss a ra
c
❑ If LED does not light up

ce
e
nl

pt
du

when remote control is

an
itte

y li
operated, the battery is
erm

ab
discharged and must be

ility
ot p

renewed.

wit
, is n

h re
4 - Battery
hole

spec
❑ Removing battery
es, in part or in w

t to the co
⇒ page 59
❑ Installing battery
⇒ page 60

rrectness of i
5 - Transmitter unit - lower part
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

2.4.1 Removing
– Insert a screwdriver in the slot between transmitter unit -1- and
key -2-.
– Turn screwdriver in direction of arrow to separate transmitter
unit from key.

2. Central locking 59
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
Golf 1998 ➤ byV ua
d ran
ir se
General body repairs, exteriorth- Edition 08.2003
o tee
or
au ac
ss
– Press transmitter unit -1- apart using profile section of key

ce
e
nl

pt
-2-.

du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

– Unclip battery -1- in direction of arrow out of retainers -2- using

nform
ercia

a screwdriver.
m

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

2.4.2 Installing
Note polarity and correct installation position when installing bat‐
tery.
– Place battery -1- with positive terminal downwards in trans‐
mitter unit -2- (positive terminal is marked on housing).
– Engage battery in transmitter unit by pressing down lightly.
– Now bring cover and transmitter unit together (do not damage
seal).
– Then clip transmitter unit to the key.

2.5 Adapting keys with remote control


Keys with remote control can be adapted using the vehicle diag‐
nosis, testing and information system -VAS 5051- .
– Select “guided fault finding” on diagnosis tester -VAS 5051- .
– Using the Go to key, select “Function/component selection”
and the following menu items in succession:
♦ Body
♦ General body repairs
♦ 01 - Self-diagnosis systems
♦ Convenience systems
♦ Convenience system functions
♦ Adapting keys with remote control

60 Rep. Gr.57 - Front doors, door components, central locking


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

58 – Rear doors, door components


n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
1 Rear door
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
1.1 Tools

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
Special tools and workshop

ility
ot p

equipment required

wit
, is n

h re
♦ Socket driver -T10011-
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

♦ Socket driver -T10072-

t to the co
♦ Assembly tool -T10034-
♦ Bit insert -3320/2- for

rrectness of i
-3320-
l purpos

♦ Bit insert -3320/3- for


-3320-

nform
ercia

♦ Socket -3410-
m

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

1. Rear door 61
Golf 1998 ➤ AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
General body
Vorepairs,
lksw exterior - Editionoe08.2003
s no
t
y gu
db ara
ise nte
1.2 Assembly overview
r
tho eo
au ra
c
ss
The door hinge bolts must always be replaced if loosened.

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
1 - Door

ility
ot p

❑ Removing and installing

wit
, is n

⇒ page 63

h re
hole

spec
2 - Door handle with backing
es, in part or in w

plate

t to the co
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 65

rrectness of i
3 - Housing
l purpos

❑ Removing ⇒ page 39
4 - Bolt

nf
ercia

o
❑ 20 Nm

rm
m

atio
m

5 - Cap
o

n in
or c

thi
6 - Locking button
te

sd
iva

❑ Removing and installing


o
r
rp

⇒ page 46 cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
7 - Locking rod Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
8 - Relay lever p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
9 - Locking rod Prote AG.

10 - Bolt
❑ 20 Nm
11 - Lock plate
12 - Door lock
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 67
13 - Bowden cable
14 - Interior release handle
15 - Multi-point socket head
bolt
❑ M8×28
❑ Remove only this bolt from hinge to remove door
❑ 20 Nm + 1/4 turn (90°) further
❑ Always renew after loosening
16 - Multi-point socket head bolt
❑ M8×28
❑ Remove only this bolt from hinge to remove door
❑ 20 Nm + 1/4 turn (90°) further
❑ Always renew after loosening
17 - Door hinge with door arrester
❑ Hinge is split
18 - Multi-point socket head bolt
❑ M8×28
❑ Installed from inside vehicle
❑ Removing B-pillar lower trim ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Pillar and side panel trim

62 Rep. Gr.58 - Rear doors, door components


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003
❑ 20 Nm + 1/4 turn (90°) further
❑ Always renew bolts after loosening
19 - Multi-point socket head bolt
20 - Multi-point socket head bolt
❑ M8×28
❑ 20 Nm + 1/4 turn (90°) further
❑ Always renew bolts after loosening
21 - Cap
22 - Bolt
❑ 13 Nm
23 - Door hinge
❑ Hinge is split
24 - Multi-point socket head bolt
AG. Volkswagen AG d
❑ M8×22 lksw
agen oes
not
Vo
❑ Installed from inside vehicle
d by gu
ara
rise nt
❑ Removing B-pillaruthlower
o trim ⇒ General body repairs, interior; eRep. eo
ra
Gr. 70 ; Pillar and side panel trim
a
❑ 20 Nm + /4 turn
1 s
s (90°) further c

ce
le
un

pt
❑ Always renew bolts after loosening

an
d
itte

y li
rm

25 - Multi-point socket head bolt

ab
pe

ility
❑ M8×28
ot

wit
, is n

h re
❑ 20 Nm + 1/4 turn (90°) further
hole

spec
❑ Always renew bolts after loosening
es, in part or in w

t to the co

1.3 Removing and installing door


rrectness of i
l purpos

– Remove B-pillar upper and lower trim ⇒ General body repairs,


interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Pillar and side panel trim .
nform
ercia

– Disconnect multi-pin connector under rubber boot -3-on B-pil‐


lar.
m

a
com

tio

– Lever off cover cap -2- using a screwdriver.


n in
r
te o

thi

– Remove bolt -1- from upper hinge.


s
iva

do
r
rp

Torque setting: 13 Nm
um
fo

en
ng

t.
yi
– Remove lower bolt -4- from hinge.
Co
Cop py
t. rig
Torque setting: 20 Nm + 1/4 turn (90°) further
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Note

Always renew this bolt.

– Lift door upwards out of hinge brackets.

1.4 Adjusting door


To ensure a correct door adjustment the door hinge must be loos‐
ened on the pillar. Other measures, such as raising the door, have

1. Rear door 63
Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

no effect. Subsequent pressure from above will cause the door to


sack again.
The door alignment tool -3320- with bit -3320/2- is to be used for
this.
If it becomes necessary to loosen the door hinge on the B-pillar
from the inside, bit extension -3410- can be used. To do this, B-
pillar lower trim must be removed ⇒ General body repairs,
interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Pillar and side panel trim . gen AG
. Volkswagen AG
wa does
olks not
1.5 Assembly overview - door handle
ise
db
y V and door lock gu
ara
nte
r
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
1 - Door lock

ce
e
nl

pt
❑ The door lock can be re‐
du

an
itte

moved only together

y li
erm

ab
with the assembly carri‐

ility
ot p

er.

wit
, is n

❑ Removing and installing

h re
hole

⇒ page 67

spec
es, in part or in w

2 - Cable

t to the co
❑ Lock release
3 - Retaining bracket

rrectness of i
❑ Bolted and riveted to
l purpos

door lock
❑ Not supplied with door

nform
ercia

lock
m

at
4 - Bearing plate
om

ion
c

❑ Removing

in t
or

his
ate

Door handle, lock cylinder

do
priv

c
housing and assembly carrier

um
for

removed
en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
– Remove cross-head ht. rig
rig ht
screw py by
co Vo
lksw
⇒ Item 5 (page 64) ,
by
cted agen
Prote
push bearing plate
AG.

backwards slightly and


take out of door.

5 - Cross-head screw
6 - Door handle with backing
plate
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 65
7 - Cap
8 - Housing
❑ Removing ⇒ page 39
9 - Backing plate
10 - Multi-point socket head bolt
❑ This screw has been replaced by a Torx screw. The new tool was introduced as a result.
❑ Socket driver -T10011-
❑ Socket driver -T10072-
❑ Loosening this screw releases the lock cylinder housing ⇒ Item 8 (page 64) , which can then be pulled
out of the bearing plate ⇒ Item 4 (page 64) .
❑ Bolt ⇒ Item 10 (page 64) should not be screwed in if the lock cylinder housing is not in place. The retaining
ring could fall into the door.

64 Rep. Gr.58 - Rear doors, door components


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

1.6 Removing and installing door handle


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
yV gu
1.6.1 Removing o rised b ara
nte
h eo
ut
– Pull off door seal -1- in area
ss a of door handle. ra
c

ce
le
– Pull door handle -2- in direction of arrow and hold. Unscrew
un

pt
an
d
bolt -4- using screwdriver -T10011- ( -T10072- ) onto stop. This
itte

y li
releases the housing.
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
Note
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

Unscrewing the bolt too far could result in the retaining ring being

t to the co
separated from the bearing plate and subsequently falling into the
door.

rrectness of i
– Pull housing -3- at right angle to door out of door handle bear‐
l purpos

ing plate.

– Remove clip -1- out of door handle.

nform
mercia

– Swing door handle out of door.

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

1.6.2 Installing

1. Rear door 65
Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

– Guide assembly tool -T10034- through the opening on the in‐


on
c

in t

side of the door panel.


or

his
ate

– To improve visibility, shine a pocket lamp inside the door.


do
priv

cum
or

– Hook assembly tool in spring -1- -arrow A-.


f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
– Hook spring into door lock by pulling assembly tool
C py
t. rig
gh
-arrow B-.
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

66 Rep. Gr.58 - Rear doors, door components


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

– Swing door handle into door.


– Pull clip -1- into panel aperture and engage in door handle
-2-.
– Fit lock cylinder housing in bearing plate of door handle at right
angles.
– Now screw bolt in bearing plate using the socket driver.
The door handle engages back into the lock cylinder housing with
an audible click.

Note

Door handle -2- must be pressed against the door panel during
assembly.

– Then perform remaining installation in reverse order of remov‐


al.
• It is essential that a functional check is then carried out as an
incorrectly fitted and adjusted cable will mean the door cannot
be opened.

1.7 Removing and installing door lock


Attached to the assembly carrier are window regulator, door lock
and loudspeaker.
The door lock can be removed only together with the assembly
carrier.
The assembly carrier, however, can only be removed if the door
window is released from the window regulator. To do this, lower
window to height of installation hole in assembly carrier and re‐
move spreader pins. . Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
swa
If the door window cannot be lowered on the electric window
by
Vol ver‐
k not
gu
sion, first determine the cause of the fault. ris
ed ara
nte
tho eo
To do this, use fault reader -V.A.G 1551- to interrogate
s au fault mem‐ ra
c
ory of convenience system (address word 46) ⇒ Body self-
s ce
le

diagnosis; Rep. Gr. 01 ; Convenience system; Interrogating fault


un

pt
an
d

memory .
itte

y li
erm

ab

If an electrical fault has been caused by the window regulator


ility
ot p

motor, the motor can be removed from the assembly carrier.


wit
is n

h re
ole,

1.7.1 Removing
spec
urposes, in part or in wh

– Remove rear door trim ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep.


t to the co

Gr. 70 ; Removing and installing door trim .


– Remove housing.
rrectne

– Removing and installing lock cylinder housing ⇒ page 39 .


ss o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

1. Rear door 67
Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

– Lever out cap -1-.


– Lower door window until spreader pin -2- and spreader plug
-3- are accessible in the cut-out of the window regulator.

Note

If the work step cannot be carried out because there is a fault with
the electric window regulator, remove motor to slide window
down.

– Screw a 5 mm bolt (approx. 70 mm long) in the spreader pin


-2- and pull out from spreader plug -3-.
– Now screw an 8 mm bolt (approx. 80 mm long) into spreader
plug -3-. gen AG
. Volkswagen AG
d a oes
ksw not
y Vol gu
b ara
ed nte
Note oris eo
th
au ra
c
ss
When screwing in bolt, do not exert too great a pressure on the

ce
le
un

pt
spreader plug because otherwise the plug will fall into the door.

an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
– Pull spreader plug out of window guide and thereby out of door
pe

ility
ot

window.

wit
, is n

h re
– When doing this, press window regulator cable -2- to side us‐
hole

spec
ing a screwdriver.
es, in part or in w

t to the co
– Pull off seal -1- from centre column to window aperture seal
-2-.
– Lever out cap -3-. rrectness of i
l purpos

– Then remove screw that becomes visible.


nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

68 Rep. Gr.58 - Rear doors, door components


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Using a screwdriver -1-, lift up locking lug -2- and take filler
piece -3- upwards out of window column -4-.
– Grasp inner window aperture seal -1- using pliers -2-. Then
move pliers in direction of arrow whilst lifting the window aper‐
ture seal -1- up out of door flange with light twisting motion at
the same time.
– To ease removal of the window aperture seal, use a wedge
-3- to supplement the pliers.

1. Rear door 69
Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
– Slide door window -1- upwards and take out of door towards
olks
wage es n
ot g
interior -arrow-. db
y V ua
ran
e
ris tee
tho or
au ac
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
– Pull off window guide -1- in upper area and remove cross-head
-2- in centre column.

rrectness of i
l purpos

Note

nform
ercia

♦ The cross-head screw -2- will gradually be discontinued. In‐


m

stead, the centre column will be clipped in at the top of the

at
om

io
door.

n
c

in t
or

his
e

♦ The remaining work sequence is the same.


at

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
. rig
– Remove hexagon bolt -1-.
ht ht
rig by
copy Vo
– Pull centre column -2- off quarter light window seal -3- and pull
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
downwards out of upper window guide.
AG.

– Take centre column -1- upwards out of door.

70 Rep. Gr.58 - Rear doors, door components


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

– Remove bellows -1- from B-pillar.


– Separate connector -2-.

– Remove bolts -arrows-.


– Unscrew bolts -1- (for lock).

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
le

– Pull assembly carrier off door from above, lift up and lever out
un

pt
an
d

of door towards hinge side -arrow- of door.


itte

y li
erm

ab
– The release the two clips for the wiring off the reinforcement

ility
ot p

panel in the door and pull wire out of rubber boot.

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

1.7.2 Installing
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

1. Rear door 71
Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

– Pull operating lever -1- in direction of arrow.


nf
ercia

– Using a screwdriver, tension the spring -2- mounted on the


or

door lock in the direction of the arrow and attach the lock lever
m
m

atio
m

to the spring.
o

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

Note
o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

By hooking the operating lever in, the lock becomes locked. This prevents “incorrect” attachment of the Bowden
t.
yi Co
op
cable at a later stage.
C py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
– Guide wire through rubber boot in door and secure clips in door Prote
cted AG.
agen
panel.
– Insert assembly carrier in door.

72 Rep. Gr.58 - Rear doors, door components


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

– Insert all bolts. Tighten bolts -1- and -2- in the sequence speci‐
fied.
Torque setting: 8 Nm
– The remaining bolts can be tightened in any sequence.
– Install door window, see instructions on how to fit door window
to window regulator ⇒ page 73 .
– Continue installation in reverse order of removal.
• Then perform functional check.

1.8 Fitting door window to window regulator

Note
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
Vo ot g
When installing door ewindow,
d by always renew spreader plug uaand
ran
spreader pin.(partthno.
or -6N0 839 511- ).
is tee
or
au ac
ss
– Before renewing spreader plug and spreader pin, check glass
ce
e
nl

pt

for damage.
du

an
itte

y li
erm

– Insert spreader plug -2- in centre position with window re‐


ab
ility

moved.
ot p

wit
, is n

– Push spreader pin -1- flush into spreader plug -2-.


h re
hole

spec

– Guide window into door.


es, in part or in w

t to the co

– Insert door window -3- in the window lifting rail guide slot -4-.
– By applying slight pressure from above, engage glass in win‐
rrectness of i

dow regulator -arrow-.


l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
1.9 Door seals
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

1. Rear door 73
Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit

During production, a sealant is applied to the door seals, which


, is n

h re

are then placed on the door flange and rolled on.


hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co

Note

♦ When seals are removed, the sealant will spread to the inside of the seal and the flanks will be bent out
rrectness of i

slightly. If the seal is then refitted, a leak-free tight seal is not guaranteed.
l purpos

♦ Therefore each seal which is removed completely should be replaced by a so-called “tap-on” seal.
♦ If a seal has been partially removed, squeeze sides of seal together before refitting.
nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

74 Rep. Gr.58 - Rear doors, door components


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

1.9.1 Assembly overview

Note

The trim must be removed to remove the door seals.

1 - Door inner seal


❑ Start at the upper radius
of the door aperture
when installing the seal
2 - Door inner seal, 4-door
3 - Clip
AG. Volkswagen AG d
❑ Inserted in door seal lksw
agen oes
not
Vo gu
by
4 - Door outer seal, 4-door
ised ara
nte
or eo
h
5 - Clip aut ra
ss c
❑ Inserted in door seal

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

1. Rear door 75
Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

60 – Sunroof
1 Sliding/tilting sunroof

1.1 Tools agen


AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
Special tools and workshoped by
V
equipment required gu
ara
ris nte
♦ Hooks for front
aut end -3370-
ho eo
ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectne
1.2 General
ss o
cial p

Sliding/tilting sunroofs made by “Webasto” and “Rockwell (Meri‐ f inform

tor)” are installed.


mer

atio
m

The sliding/tilting sunroofs of both manufacturers are no different


o

n
c

in function or operation but there are distinguishing features which


or

n thi
e

help to tell them apart in the vehicle.


t

sd
iva

o
pr

Function ⇒ page 76 .
um
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi
Generally, however, both sliding/tilting sunroofs differ in design
Co
op py
and function enough to warrant separate instructions for the pur‐
t. C rig
gh ht
yri
poses of repair. p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
In the event that a sliding/tilting sunroof requires complete re‐ Prote AG.
newal, the sliding/tilting sunroof can be replaced by either make.
For the purposes of repair and procurement of replacement parts,
it is always necessary to differentiate between both makes of
sliding/tilting sunroof.
Distinguishing features ⇒ page 77 .

1.3 Function
The sliding/tilting sunroof is opened and closed by turning the ro‐
tary switch or tilted and closed through pushing and pulling the
switch, with ignition switched on.
When the ignition is switched off, the sliding/tilting sunroof can still
be opened or closed until the driver door or passenger door is
opened.
On the rotary switch there are marks for preset opening positions
of the glass panel. It is possible, however, to open the sunroof in
any position by turning the switch clockwise.

76 Rep. Gr.60 - Sunroof


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

Opening the sliding/tilting sunroof to switch position -1-, the so


called comfort position, largely reduces wind noises that can oc‐
cur in switch position -2-.
Opening/closing the sliding/tilting sunroof is carried out by actua‐
tion of the switch, i.e. pressing or pulling, or until the respective
end position of the glass panel is reached.
The sliding/tilting sunroof is equipped with a force limitation (anti-
trap) mechanism for the sliding function. If the sunroof encounters
an obstruction while closing, it will open automatically.
As of week 32 1998, a new motor and rotary switch are installed.
On models built from this date, the glass panel can also be tilted
open and closed using the rotary switch.
In addition, the glass panel is closed by pressing and holding the
rotary switch.

Note

The motor and switch can only be identified by the new part num‐
bers and should not be installed with older type components.

In addition, there is an emergency closure function. If problems


occur during closure, the sunroof can be forced shut by pressing
the pre-selector switch, which must be in the “sunroof closed” po‐
sition.
During the emergency closure function, the force limitation mech‐
anism is deactivated.
The sliding/tilting sunroof drive mechanism is protected against
overheating by a time limitation factor. The protective mechanism
activates when the sunroof is operated continuously for approx. AG. Volkswagen AG d
2 minutes. It is functional again once a predetermined coolinglksw
agen oes
not
down phase has elapsed. db
yV
o gu
a
e ran
ris tee
tho or
1.4 Distinguishing features between
ss sliding/ au ac

tilting sunroofs made by Webasto and


ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
Rockwell (Meritor)
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

The following distinguishing features allow a means of identifica‐


wit
tion between the sliding/tilting sunroofs made by Webasto or
, is n

Rockwell (Meritor) for the purposes of repair. h re


hole

spec

1.4.1 Water channel connection


es, in part or in w

t to the co

– Open sliding/tilting sunroof and check water channel connec‐


tion.
rrectness of i

Webasto
l purpos

Water channel -1- is connected with glass panel at rear corner


areas.
nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

1. Sliding/tilting sunroof 77
Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

Rockwell (Meritor)
AG. Volkswagen AG d
Water channel -1- is not connected with glass panellkat
swrear
agen corner oes
not
areas. db
y Vo gu
ara
e nte
ris
utho eo
ra
a c
ss

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

78 Rep. Gr.60 - Sunroof


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

2 Sliding/tilting sunroof with glass pan‐


el (Webasto)

2.1 Assembly overview - sliding/tilting sunroof with glass panel

1 - Glass panel for sliding/tilting


sunroof (single pane safety
glass)
❑ Removing sliding/tilting
sunroof glass panel
⇒ page 80 .
❑ Installing sliding/tilting
sunroof glass panel
⇒ page 81
❑ Adjusting sliding/tilting
sunroof glass panel
⇒ page 82
2 - Panel seal
❑ Renewing panel seal
⇒ page 84
3 - Sliding headlining
❑ Removing and installing agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
sliding headlining olksw not
yV gu
⇒ page 85 . ed b ara
nte
ris
ho eo
4 - Slide aut ra
c
ss
5 - Lower trim

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
❑ Up to week 35/02
itte

y li
erm

ab
❑ Removing ⇒ page 80

ility
ot p

wit
6 - Upper trim
, is n

h re
❑ Up to week 35/02
hole

spec
❑ Removing ⇒ page 80
es, in part or in w

t to the co
7 - Water channel
❑ Removed together with
rrectness of i
coulisse guide rail.
l purpos

8 - End piece
❑ To seal use butyl adhe‐
sive sealing cord -AKL
nf
ercia

450 005 05- .


rm
m

atio
m

9 - Bolt
o

n in
or c

❑ 3.5 Nm
thi
te

sd
iva

10 - Carrier unit
o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

❑ Removing carrier unit ⇒ page 88


en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
❑ U-frame (with guide channels): If necessary, grease guide channels using only special grease G 000 C py
ht. rig
450 02. Otherwise correct operation may be impaired. rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
11 - Electric drive Prote
cted AG.
agen

❑ Removing ⇒ page 85
❑ Adjusting drive mechanism (0 position) ⇒ page 86
12 - Bolt
❑ 3.5 Nm

2. Sliding/tilting sunroof with glass panel (Webasto) 79


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

13 - Crank for emergency operation


❑ Clipped into cover of electric drive mechanism
14 - Cover
15 - Spring
16 - Wind deflector
❑ Removing ⇒ page 84
17 - Wind deflector mounting
18 - Torx screw AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
❑ Torx T25 byV
ol not
gu
ara
ed
❑ 4.5 Nm horis nte
eo
aut ra
19 - Guide plate ss c

ce
e

❑ Removing ⇒ page 90
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
20 - Slide with cable
erm

ab
ility
ot p

21 - Water channel slide

wit
, is n

h re
22 - Countersunk screws (microencapsulated)
hole

spec
❑ Always use new countersunk screws
es, in part or in w

t to the co
❑ 3.5 Nm
23 - Bellows

rrectness of i
❑ From week 36/02
❑ Removing ⇒ page 80
l purpos

❑ Installing ⇒ page 82 nform


ercia

Note
m

at
om

io

Bellows and trim should not be in‐


n
c

in t
r

terchanged. Clearance between


o

his
te

mechanical parts may otherwise be


a

do
riv

impaired.
p

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
2.2 Removing sliding/tilting sunroof glass
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
panel cted agen
Prote AG.

– Slide sun blind/sliding headliner to rear.


– Tilt sunroof.
Vehicles up to week 35/02
– Unclip lower trim -1- in rear area -arrow-, slide forwards and
take off roof frame.
– Unclip upper trim -2- at front and centre and unhook at rear.
Vehicles from week 36/02
On vehicles from week 36/02, a bellows is installed in place of the
upper and lower trim.

80 Rep. Gr.60 - Sunroof


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

– Disengage bellows -1- out of securing rail -3-.


– Disengage bellows -1- at top rear out of glass panel for sliding/
tilting roof -2-.
– Unhook bellows -1- at top rear out of glass panel for sliding/
tilting roof -2-.
– Unclip bellows -1- at top rear out of glass panel for sliding/tilting
roof -2-.
– Take off bellows -1-.
Continued for all vehicles

– Remove securing screws -1- (Torx T25; 4.5 Nm). Do not re‐
move middle screw -2- - only loosen.
– Remove sliding/tilting sunroof panel upwards.

2.3 Installing glass panel for sliding/tilting


n AG. Volkswagen AG do
wage
sunroof
by
Volks es n
ot g
u
d ara
se nte
Panel must thbe
or installed in 0 position (panel closed).
i
e or
au ac
2.3.1 ss
Zero position:
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an

Vehicles up to week 31/98


itte

y li
erm

ab

The square holes in the tilt levers should align with the recesses
ility
ot p

in the guide rails -arrow-.


wit
, is n

h re

Vehicles from week 32/98


hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

The coulisse guide rail pin must align with the marking (lug) on
ion
c

the coulisse guide rail -arrow-.


in t
or

his
ate

If this is not the case, adjust parallel running ⇒ page 88 .


do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Sliding/tilting sunroof with glass panel (Webasto) 81


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

– Position sliding/tilting sunroof panel from above and screw in


securing screws (coulisse guide rail/panel).
– Lightly tighten securing screws -1- and -2- (Torx T25).
– Adjust sliding/tilting sunroof glass panel (height adjustment)
⇒ page 82 .
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
Note d by V gu
ara
rise nte
tho eo
After adjusting panel height, tighten
ss a securing screws (4.5 Nm).
u ra
c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

Vehicles up to week 35/02

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
– Install upper and lower trim to match panel height adjustment.

ility
ot p

Vehicles from week 36/02

wit
, is n

h re
hole

On vehicles from week 36/02, a bellows is installed in place of the

spec
upper and lower trim.
es, in part or in w

t to the co
Note

rrectness of i
♦ Bellows and trim should not be interchanged. Clearance be‐
l purpos

tween mechanical parts may otherwise be impaired.


♦ Install bellows after panel height adjustment.

nform
mercia

at
om

io
2.4 Adjusting glass panel for sliding/tilting

n
c

in t
or

sunroof (height adjustment)

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
Note
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
The glass panel height adjustment is performed after the glass p by
co Vo
panel has been closed from slide open position.
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Zero position of sliding/tilting sunroof OK.


– Tilt sunroof.
– Slide sun blind/sliding headliner to rear.
Vehicles up to week 35/02
– Unclip lower trim -1- in rear area -arrow-, slide forwards and
take off roof frame.
– Unclip upper trim -2- at front and centre and unhook at rear.
Vehicles from week 36/02
On vehicles from week 36/02, a bellows is installed in place of the
upper and lower trim.

82 Rep. Gr.60 - Sunroof


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003
. Volkswagen AG
do gen AG
– Disengage bellows -1-
Vol
kswout of securing rail -3-.es not
a
y gu
db a
– Disengage bellows
oris
e -1- at top rear out of glass panel forransliding/
tee
tilting roofaut-2-.
h or
a
ss c
– Unhook bellows -1- at top rear out of glass panel for sliding/

ce
le
un

pt
tilting roof -2-.

an
d
itte

y li
– Unclip bellows -1- at top rear out of glass panel for sliding/tilting
erm

ab
ility
roof -2-.
ot p

wit
is n

– Take off bellows -1-.

h re
ole,

spec
Continued for all vehicles
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
– Loosen securing screws -3- (Torx T25; 4.5 Nm).

rrectne
– Close glass panel, open panel and close again (adhere strictly
to sequence to achieve a correct adjustment).

ss o
– Carry out height adjustment of glass panel at front and rear on
cial p

f in
both sides as follows:

form
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
Panel adjustment front:
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
-a- = 0…1 mm lower than roof cted agen
Prote AG.

-Arrow- = Forwards

Panel adjustment rear:


-b- = 0…1 mm higher than roof
-Arrow- = Forwards
– Tighten screws for glass panel (4.5 Nm).
Always tighten left and right sides of glass panel symmetrically.
– Tilt sunroof.
Vehicles up to week 35/02

2. Sliding/tilting sunroof with glass panel (Webasto) 83


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

– Hook in upper trim -2- at rear and clip front and centre in.
– Slide lower trim -1- in direction of arrow into rear elongated
hole and clip front section in.
Vehicles from week 36/02

Note n AG. Volkswagen AG do


lkswage es n
o ot g
yV
♦ On vehicles from week 36/02, a bellows d is installed in place of
b ua
ran
ir se
the upper and lower trim. tho tee
or
au ac
♦ Bellows and trim should not be interchanged. Clearance be‐
ss

ce
e

tween mechanical parts may otherwise be impaired.


nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
– Engage clips of bellows -1- in glass panel for sliding/tilting roof

ility
ot p

-2-.

wit
, is n

h re
– Hook bellows -1- in at top rear of glass panel for sliding/tilting
hole

spec
roof -2-.
es, in part or in w

t to the co
– Engage bellows -1- at top rear of glass panel for sliding/tilting
roof -2-.

rrectness of i
– Engage bellows -1- to securing rail -3-.
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
m

2.5 Renewing panel seal


o

n in
or c

thi
e

– Remove glass panel for sliding/tilting sunroof ⇒ page 80 .


t

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
– Pull seal -1- off glass panel.
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
– Press new seal into groove in glass panel -2-. t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
Note cted agen
Prote AG.

To ease fitting of seal, apply soapy solution to edge of panel.

2.6 Removing wind deflector


– Open sliding/tilting sunroof completely.
– Push wind deflector -1- out downwards and towards the centre
of the vehicle -arrow- on both sides out of guide -2-.
– Take out wind deflector.

84 Rep. Gr.60 - Sunroof


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

2.7 Removing sliding headlining


– Remove glass panel for sliding/tilting sunroof ⇒ page 80 .
. Volkswage
– Push sun blind backwards gen AG to ease nremoval.
aslightly AG do
es n
ksw
y Vol ot g
u
– Remove front screws ed
b -arrow- on left and right-hand sides.
ara Pull
nte
ris
out slide forwards
utho over the stop -1-. eo
ra
sa c
– Move sliding
s panel forwards.

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
– Remove rear screws -arrow- on left and right-hand sides. Pull
out slide to rear and remove sliding headlining -1-.
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co
2.8 Removing drive mechanism for sliding/
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
tilting sunroof
– Disconnect battery earth strap from battery.
– Unclip cover -1- for drive mechanism.

Note

Remove and install drive mechanism for sunroof only with sunroof
closed (zero position ⇒ page 86 ).

– Unclip and separate connector.

– Unscrew screws -arrows- and pull off drive mechanism for


sliding/tilting sunroof.
The screws for the drive mechanism are microencapsulated and
must always be renewed (3.5 Nm).

2. Sliding/tilting sunroof with glass panel (Webasto) 85


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

2.9 Adjusting drive mechanism for sliding/tilting sunroof (zero position)

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co

It may be necessary to adjust the zero position if the drive mech‐


anism was not removed in the zero position or the sliding/tilting
sunroof was closed or opened by means of the emergency de‐
rrectness of i

vice.
l purpos

Drive mechanism removed but still connected electrically.


– Select automatic “open sunroof” function on rotary switch.
nf
ercia

– Select automatic “close sunroof” function on rotary switch.


rm
m

atio
m

– Select automatic “tilt roof” function on rotary switch.


o

n in
or c

thi

– Select automatic “close sunroof” function on rotary switch.


te

sd
iva

o
r

– Install drive in this position (zero position) with sliding/tilting


rp

cu
o

sunroof closed.
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
From week 32/98, the “zero position” can be seen through an
C py
t. rig
gh
aperture in the motor (markings must align -arrow-).
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

86 Rep. Gr.60 - Sunroof


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
d by
V gu
ara Golf 1998 ➤
e nte
horis General body repairs, exterior
eo - Edition 08.2003
aut ra
ss c
2.10 Removing pre-selector control for slid‐

ce
e
nl

pt
du
ing/tilting sunroof

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
– Unclip trim -1- in direction of arrow and remove.

ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
m

– Remove screws -arrows- and remove pre-selector control.


o

n in
or c

thi
– Unclip and separate connector.
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

2.11 Checking parallel running


– Remove glass panel for sliding/tilting sunroof ⇒ page 80 .

2.11.1 Vehicles up to week 31/98


The square holes in the tilt levers should align with the recesses
in the guide rails -arrow-.

2. Sliding/tilting sunroof with glass panel (Webasto) 87


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

2.11.2 Vehicles from week 32/98


The coulisse guide rail pin must align with the marking (lug) on
the coulisse guide rail -arrow-.

2.12 Adjusting parallel running

Note

The parallel running adjustment can only be undertaken when the


drive and glass panel are removed (zero position).

– Removing sliding/tilting sunroof drive mechanism ⇒ page 85 .

2.12.1 Vehicles up to week 31/98


The square holes in the tilt levers should align with the recesses
in the guide rails -arrow-.
– Install drive mechanism in “zero position” (markings in aper‐
ture must align).
– Then check zero position.
en AG. V
olkswagen AG
ag does
ksw not
y Vol gu
b ara
ed nte
oris eo
th
au ra
c
ss
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

2.12.2 Vehicles from week 32/98


wit
is n

h re
ole,

The coulisse guide rail pin must align with the marking (lug) on
spec

the coulisse guide rail -arrow-.


urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
a

2.13 Removing and installing carrier unit


iv

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

88 Rep. Gr.60 - Sunroof


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

Removing
nf
ercia

– Removing pre-selector control for sliding/tilting sunroof


rm
m

⇒ page 87 .
atio
om

n in
c

– Remove moulded headliner ⇒ General body repairs, interior;


or

thi
e

Rep. Gr. 70 ; Roof trim .


t

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu

– Pull water drain hoses off carrier unit -1- -arrows-.


o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi
– Unscrew bolts -2- and, with the help of a second mechanic,
Co
op py
remove carrier unit from vehicle.
t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
Installing
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Fit carrier unit -1- into roof aperture with the help of a second
mechanic.
– Align carrier unit in roof frame using cylindrical pins (drill bit
shank), 12 mm at front right and 10 mm at rear left. Carrier unit
must not be in contact with roof frame.
– Check correct routing of wiring and connections from electrical
consumers in roof and rectify as necessary.
– Tighten bolts (8 Nm) for carrier unit -1-, starting at sliding/tilting
sunroof drive mechanism -3- and moving backwards, alter‐
nating between left and right-hand sides.
– Fit water drain hoses -arrows-.

2. Sliding/tilting sunroof with glass panel (Webasto) 89


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

– Fit connector for drive mechanism -3-.

2.14 Removing coulisse guide rail


– Remove glass panel for sliding/tilting sunroof ⇒ page 80 .
– Select automatic “close sunroof” function on rotary switch.
– Remove carrier unit ⇒ page 88 .
– Removing sliding/tilting sunroof drive mechanism ⇒ page 85 .
– Unscrew end cap -1- from guide rail -2- as shown -arrows- and
then pull off.

Note
. Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
When installing, bond end cap -1- to guideolksrail using Butyl adhe‐
wa not
yV
sive sealing cord -AKL 450 005 05-se.d b gu
ara
nte
ri
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

– Push guide rail -1-, slide with cable -2- and water channel -3-

wit
, is n

together out of guide rails of carrier unit on the left and right-

h re
hand side at the same time and then remove.
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
Note

rrectness of i
Always renew guide with cable as a pair.
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
c

2.15 Cleaning water drain hoses


or

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

2.15.1 Front water drain hoses:


f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
Note
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

For cleaning, a locally manufactured tool made from a speedometer inner cable, approx. 2300 mm long is
recommended.

90 Rep. Gr.60 - Sunroof


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

1 - Front water drain hoses


The front water drain hoses are
routed in the A-pillars and fin‐
ish between the door and A-
pillar. They are cleaned from
the sliding/tilting roof panel
aperture.

2 - Conduit

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Sliding/tilting sunroof with glass panel (Webasto) 91


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

2.15.2 Rear water drain hoses:

Note

For cleaning, a locally manufactured tool made from a speedometer inner cable, approx. 2300 mm long is
recommended.

1 - Water drain hose


The rear water drain hoses are AG. Volkswagen
routed in the C-pillars andlkfin‐ wage
n AG do
es n
o s
ish behind the bumper d bycover
V ot g
ua
beneath the rear light
o
ir se cluster.
ran
tee
They are cleanedau from the bot‐
th or
ac
tom hose end. ss To do this, the

ce
bumper must be removed.
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
2 - Conduit
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

92 Rep. Gr.60 - Sunroof


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

3 Sliding/tilting sunroof with glass pan‐


el (Meritor)

3.1 Assembly overview - sliding/tilting sunroof with glass panel

1 - Glass panel for sliding/tilting


sunroof (single pane safety
glass)
❑ Removing sliding/tilting
sunroof glass panel
⇒ page 94 .
❑ Installing sliding/tilting
sunroof glass panel
⇒ page 95
❑ Adjusting sliding/tilting
sunroof glass panel
⇒ page 96
2 - Panel seal
❑ Adjusting panel seal
⇒ page 98 n AG. Volkswagen AG do
wage es n
❑ Seal joint located yV
olkscen‐ ot g
ua
trally at rear ed b ran
oris tee
❑ Renewing auth panel seal or
ac
⇒ page
ss 98
ce
e
nl

pt

3 - Sliding headlining
du

an
itte

y li

❑ Removing and installing


erm

ab

sliding headlining
ility
ot p

⇒ page 99 .
wit
, is n

h re

4 - Countersunk screws (mi‐


hole

spec

croencapsulated)
es, in part or in w

t to the co

❑ Always use new coun‐


tersunk screws
❑ 3.5 Nm
rrectness of i

5 - Slide
l purpos

6 - Upper trim
❑ Up to week 35/02
nf
ercia

or

❑ Removing ⇒ page 94
m
m

atio
om

7 - Lower trim
n in
or c

thi

❑ Up to week 35/02
te

sd
iva

❑ Removing ⇒ page 94
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

8 - Water channel
t.
yi Co
op py
❑ Removed together with coulisse guide rail.
. C rig
ht ht
rig by
py
9 - Locking hook guide
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
10 - End piece
❑ To seal use butyl adhesive sealing cord -AKL 450 005 05- .
11 - Carrier unit
❑ Removing and installing carrier unit ⇒ page 102
❑ If necessary, guide channels should be lubricated only with special grease G 000 450 02, otherwise
function may be impaired.

3. Sliding/tilting sunroof with glass panel (Meritor) 93


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

12 - Bolt
❑ 3.5 Nm
13 - Crank for emergency operation
❑ Clipped into cover of electric drive mechanism
14 - Electric drive
❑ Removing ⇒ page 100
❑ Adjusting drive mechanism (0 position) ⇒ page 100
15 - Spring
16 - Wind deflector
❑ Removing ⇒ page 99
17 - Torx screw
❑ Torx T25
❑ 4.5 Nm
18 - Rear guide
❑ Removed together with coulisse guide rail.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
19 - Guide plate olksw
oes
not
byV gu
ara
❑ Removing ⇒ page 103 rised
nte
ho eo
ut
20 - Spacer ss a ra
c
❑ Installed together with coulisse guide rail

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

21 - Bellows

y li
erm

ab
❑ From week 36/02

ility
ot p

wit
❑ Removing ⇒ page 94
is n

h re
ole,

❑ Installing ⇒ page 96

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
Note

Bellows and trim should not be in‐

rrectne
terchanged. Clearance between
mechanical parts may otherwise be
impaired.

ss o
cial p

f inform
mer

3.2 Removing sliding/tilting sunroof glass


atio
m

panel
o

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd

– Slide sun blind/sliding headliner to rear.


iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

– Tilt sunroof.
en
ng

t.
yi Co
Vehicles up to week 35/02 Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
– Unclip lower trim -2- in front area towards centre of vehicle and py by
co Vo
by lksw
unhook at rear. Prote
cted AG.
agen

– Unclip upper trim -1- at front and centre and unhook at rear.
Vehicles from week 36/02
On vehicles from week 36/02, a bellows is installed in place of the
upper and lower trim.

94 Rep. Gr.60 - Sunroof


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

– Disengage bellows -1- out of lower part of coulisse guide rail


-3-.
– Pull bellows -1- off securing pins -4-.
– Unhook bellows -1- at top rear -2-.
– Take off bellows -1-.
Continued for all vehicles

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
o lksw not
y V gu
d b ara
– Remove securing screwsori(Torxse T25; 4.5 Nm). nte
eo
th
u ra
– Remove sliding/tiltingss asunroof panel upwards. c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

Note

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

The sliding/tilting sunroof must not moved to “open” position when

wit
, is n

removed as the water channel will otherwise not be compressed

h re
hole

by the glass panel and could cant inside the roof.

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
3.3 Installing glass panel for sliding/tilting
l purpos

sunroof

nf
ercia

Panel must be installed in 0 position (panel closed).

orm
m

3.3.1 Zero position: atio


om

n in
or c

The mark -arrow- on the rear of the guide upper section -1- must,
thi
te

sd

on both sides, lie within the marks dimension -a- on the guide
iva

o
r

plate -2-.
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
The guide plate -2- must be located in the guide rails (cannot be op
yi Co
moved by hand).
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
If this is not the case, adjust parallel running ⇒ page 101 . cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

3. Sliding/tilting sunroof with glass panel (Meritor) 95


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition
en AG. V08.2003
olkswagen AG
ag does
ksw not
y Vol gu
– Position sliding/tilting sunroof edpanel from above
b and screw in ara
nte
securing screws (coulisse oris
guide rail/panel). eo
th
au ra
c
– Lightly tighten securing s screws (Torx T25).
s

ce
le
un

pt
– Adjust sliding/tilting sunroof glass panel (height adjustment)

an
d
itte

y li
⇒ page 96 .
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

Note

h re
hole

spec
♦ After adjusting panel height, tighten securing screws (4.5 Nm).
es, in part or in w

t to the co
♦ On vehicles up to week 35/02, install upper and lower trim to
match panel height adjustment.

rrectness of i
Vehicles from week 36/02
l purpos

On vehicles from week 36/02, a bellows is installed in place of the


upper and lower trim.

nform
mercia

a
com

tio
Note

n in
r
te o

thi
s
♦ Bellows and trim should not be interchanged. Clearance be‐
iva

do
r

tween mechanical parts may otherwise be impaired.


rp

cum
fo

en
ng

♦ Install bellows after panel height adjustment.


t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
3.4 Adjusting glass panel for sliding/tilting
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
sunroof (height adjustment)

Note

The glass panel height adjustment is performed after the glass


panel has been closed from slide open position.

Zero position of sliding/tilting sunroof OK.


– Tilt sunroof.
– Slide sun blind/sliding headliner to rear.
Vehicles up to week 35/02
– Unclip lower trim -2- in front area towards centre of vehicle and
unhook at rear.
– Unclip upper trim -1- at front and centre and unhook at rear.
Vehicles from week 36/02
On vehicles from week 36/02, a bellows is installed in place of the
upper and lower trim.

96 Rep. Gr.60 - Sunroof


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

– Disengage bellows -1- out of lower part of coulisse guide rail


-3-.
– Pull bellows -1- off securing pins -4-.
– Unhook bellows -1- at top rear -2-.
– Take off bellows -1-.

Continued for all vehicles


– Loosen securing screws -3- (Torx T25; 4.5 Nm).
– Move panel to “open” position.
– Move glass panel to “closed” position.
– Carry out height adjustment of glass panel at front and rear on
both sides as follows:

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
Panel adjustment front: d byV gu
ara
ise nte
r
-a- = 0…1 mm lower than ut roof
ho eo
ra
s a c
s
-Arrow- = Forwards
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co

Panel adjustment rear:


rrectne

-b- = 0…1 mm higher than roof


ss

-Arrow- = Forwards
o
cial p

f inform

– Tighten screws for glass panel (4.5 Nm).


mer

atio

Always tighten left and right sides of glass panel symmetrically.


om

n
c

i
or

– Tilt sunroof.
thi
te

sd
va

Vehicles up to week 35/02


i

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

3. Sliding/tilting sunroof with glass panel (Meritor) 97


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

– Hook in upper trim -1- at rear and clip front and centre in.
– Hook in lower trim -2- at rear and clip front in.
Vehicles from week 36/02

Note

♦ On vehicles from week 36/02, a bellows is installed in place of


the upper and lower trim.
♦ Bellows and trim should not be interchanged. Clearance be‐
tween mechanical parts may otherwise be impaired.

– Hook in bellows -1- at top rear -2- first.


– Engage bellows -1- to securing pins -4-.
– Engage bellows -1- in lower part of coulisse guide rail -3-.

3.5 Adjusting panel seal


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
– Check that preload between panel seal -2- yV
oand
lksw body is uniform not
gu
all-round using a 0.3 mm thin strip ofiscard
ed b (e.g. business card). ara
nte
It must be possible to pull the papertho strip through between the
r eo
panel seal and body under load. ss
au ra
c
ce
e

– If the preload is insufficient, the panel seal can be spread apart


nl

pt
du

an

using a wedge -1-, or if the preload is excessive it can be


itte

y li

pushed together. To adjust the panel seal the glass panel -3-
erm

ab

must be removed.
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co

3.6 Renewing panel seal


rrectness of i

– Remove glass panel for sliding/tilting sunroof ⇒ page 94 .


l purpos

– Pull seal -1- off glass panel.


nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

98 Rep. Gr.60 - Sunroof


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

– Pull new seal on rear panel edge onto glass panel -2- centrally,
starting from bottom and rising to top.

Note

♦ To ease fitting of seal, apply soapy solution to edge of panel.


♦ If the seal is not correctly installed the surface will be undula‐
ted.
♦ The panel seal must be shortened to suit the panel circumfer‐
ence.

3.7 Removing wind deflector


– Open sliding/tilting sunroof completely.
– Insert special tool 3370 between edge of roof and wind de‐
flector mounting and release wind deflector side mountings
(left/right) by pulling special tool 3370.
– Lever wind deflector mounting out of guide rail (left/right) using
a screwdriver.
– Take out wind deflector.
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
3.8 Removing sliding headlining
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
– Remove glass panel for sliding/tilting sunroof ⇒ page 94 .
, is n

h re
hole

– Slide sun blind/sliding headliner to rear.

spec
es, in part or in w

– Remove front screws -arrow- on left and right-hand sides. Pull

t to the co
out slide forwards over the stop -1-.
– Move sliding panel forwards.

rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en

– Remove rear screws -arrow- on left and right-hand sides. Pull


ng

t.
yi Co
out slide to rear and remove sliding headlining -1-. t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

3. Sliding/tilting sunroof with glass panel (Meritor) 99


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

3.9 Removing drive mechanism for sliding/


tilting sunroof
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
– Disconnect battery earth strap from battery. olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
– Unclip cover -1- for drive mechanism. horis nte
eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
e
nl
Note

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
Remove and install drive mechanism for sliding/tilting roof only

ility
ot p
with roof in closed (zero) position.

wit
, is n

h re
hole
– Unclip and separate connector.

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
– Unscrew screws -arrows- and pull off drive mechanism for
l purpos

sliding/tilting sunroof.
The screws for the drive mechanism are microencapsulated and

nform
ercia

must always be renewed (3.5 Nm).


m

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted
3.10 Adjusting drive mechanism for sliding/
agen
Prote AG.

tilting sunroof (zero position)


It may be necessary to adjust the zero position if the drive mech‐
anism was not removed in the zero position or the sliding/tilting
sunroof was closed or opened by means of the emergency de‐
vice.
Drive mechanism removed but still connected electrically.
– Select automatic “open sunroof” function on rotary switch.
– Select automatic “close sunroof” function on rotary switch.
– Select automatic “tilt roof” function on rotary switch.
– Select automatic “close sunroof” function on rotary switch.
– Install drive in this position (zero position) with sliding/tilting
sunroof closed.

100 Rep. Gr.60 - Sunroof


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
yV gu
ed b ara
nte
Golf 1998 ➤
ris
ut
ho General e obody
ra
repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003
s a c
s
3.11 Removing pre-selector control for slid‐

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
ing/tilting sunroof
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

– Unclip trim -1- in direction of arrow and remove.

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

io
– Remove screws -arrows- and remove pre-selector control.

n
c

in t
or

his
e

– Unclip and separate connector.


at

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

3.12 Checking parallel running


– Remove glass panel for sliding/tilting sunroof ⇒ page 94 .
The mark -arrow- on the rear of the guide upper section -1- must,
on both sides, lie within the marks dimension -a- on the guide
plate -2-.
The guide plate -2- must be located in the guide rails (cannot be
moved by hand).

3.13 Adjusting parallel running

Note

The parallel running adjustment can only be undertaken when the


drive and glass panel are removed (zero position).

– Removing sliding/tilting sunroof drive mechanism


⇒ page 100 .

3. Sliding/tilting sunroof with glass panel (Meritor) 101


olkswagen AG
wag en AG. V
Golf 1998 ➤ olks
does
not
yV gu
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003
se
d b ara
nte
ri
ho eo
ut ra
The mark -arrow- on the rear of the guide -1- upper
ss section
a must, c
on both sides, lie within the marks dimension -a- on the guide

ce
le
un

pt
plate -2-.

an
d
itte

y li
The guide plate -2- must be located in the guide rails (cannot be

rm

ab
pe

ility
moved by hand).

ot

wit
, is n
– Slide guide upper part -1- from front to rear only centrally be‐

h re
hole
tween the markings.

spec
es, in part or in w
– Install drive mechanism in this (zero) position.

t to the co
Then check zero position.

rrectness of i
l purpos

3.14 Removing and installing carrier unit

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Removing
– Removing pre-selector control for sliding/tilting sunroof
⇒ page 101 .
– Remove moulded headliner ⇒ General body repairs, interior;
Rep. Gr. 70 ; Roof trim .
– Pull water drain hoses off carrier unit -1- -arrows-.

102 Rep. Gr.60 - Sunroof


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

– Remove bolts -2- and -4- (with sleeves) and lift carrier unit out
of vehicle with help of second mechanic.
Installing
– Insert carrier unit -1-, align to bolt holes and insert Vbolts -2- and
. olkswagen AG
-4- (with sleeves). swagen AG does
k not
y Vol gu
– Check correct routing of wiring and d bconnections from electrical ara
ise nte
consumers in roof and rectifyth as necessary.
or eo
au ra
c
– Tighten bolts (8 Nm) for carrier
ss unit -1-, starting at sliding/tilting

ce
e
sunroof drive mechanism -3- and moving backwards, alter‐
nl

pt
du

an
nating between left and right-hand sides.
itte

y li
erm

ab
– Fit water drain hoses -arrows-.

ility
ot p

wit
– Fit connector for drive mechanism -3-.
, is n

h re
hole

3.15 Removing coulisse guide rail

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
– Remove glass panel for sliding/tilting sunroof ⇒ page 94 .
– Remove carrier unit ⇒ page 102 .

rrectness of i
– Removing sliding/tilting sunroof drive mechanism
l purpos

⇒ page 100 .
– Unclip end cap -1- from guide rail -2- as shown -arrows- and

nform
ercia

then pull off.


m

at
om

ion
Note
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
riv

When installing, bond end cap -1- to guide rail using Butyl adhe‐
p

cum
sive sealing cord -AKL 450 005 05- .
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Unclip water channel -1- from locking lug guide -2- on both
sides carefully with a screwdriver and take off.

– Slide rear guide -1- in guide rail -4- in direction of arrow until
the locking lug guide -3- is released.
– Pull rear guide -1-, locking lug guide -3- and coulisse guide
-2- out of guide rail -4-.

Note

Always renew guide with cable as a pair.

3. Sliding/tilting sunroof with glass panel (Meritor) 103


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

3.16 Cleaning water drain hoses

3.16.1 Front water drain hoses:

Note

For cleaning, a locally manufactured tool made from a speedometer inner cable, approx. 2300 mm long is
recommended.

1 - Front water drain hoses


The front water drain hoses are
routed in the A-pillars and fin‐
ish between the door and A-
pillar. They are cleaned from
the sliding/tilting roof panel
aperture. AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
2 - Conduit d by V gu
ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

104 Rep. Gr.60 - Sunroof


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

3.16.2 Rear water drain hoses:

Note

For cleaning, a locally manufactured tool


n AG. V made
olkswagen Afrom
G do
a speedometer inner cable, approx. 2300 mm long is
recommended. olks
wage es n
ot
yV gu
db ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
1 - Water drain
ss hose c

ce
le
un

The rear water drain hoses are

pt
an
d

routed in the C-pillars and fin‐


itte

y li
rm

ish behind the bumper cover

ab
pe

ility
beneath the rear light cluster.
ot

wit
They are cleaned from the bot‐
, is n

h re
tom hose end. To do this, the
hole

spec
bumper must be removed.
es, in part or in w

t to the co
2 - Conduit

rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

3. Sliding/tilting sunroof with glass panel (Meritor) 105


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

63 – Bumpers
1 Front bumper

1.1 Assembly overview - bumper cover

Note

The removal and installation procedures may have to be modified slightly depending on variations in equipment.

1 - Bumper cover
❑ Material - PP/EPDM
❑ Removing ⇒ page 107
2 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 7
❑ 6.6 Nm
3 - Guide element
❑ To remove and install,
pull out/push in bumper AG. Volkswagen AG d
cover parallel to guide lksw
agen oes
not
elements (left and right). d byV
o gu
ara
ise nte
r
4 - Wheel housing liner ut
ho eo
ra
s a c
5 - Bolt s

ce
le
un

pt
❑ Qty. 8

an
d
itte

y li
❑ 1.5 Nm
erm

ab
ility
ot p

6 - Speed nut

wit
is n

h re
❑ Qty. 8
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

7 - Cover for headlight washer


system

t to the co
❑ The cover is clipped into
the washer jet of the
rrectne
headlight washer sys‐
tem ss

8 - Bumper strip
o
cial p

f i

❑ Clipped in bumper cover


nform
mer

❑ Bumper strip can only


atio
m

be unclipped with bump‐


o

n
c

er cover removed
i
or

n thi

⇒ Item 1 (page 106)


te

sd
iva

o
pr

9 - Left air intake grille


um
r
fo

en
ng

❑ Clipped in bumper cover


t.
yi Co
Cop py
10 - Centre air intake grille ht. rig
rig ht
py by
❑ Clipped in bumper cover
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
11 - Right air intake grille
❑ Clipped in bumper cover

106 Rep. Gr.63 - Bumpers


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

1.2 Removing and installing bumper cover

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
m

Removing
o

n in
or c

thi

– Separate release lever from bonnet lock ⇒ page 108 .


te

sd
iva

o
r

– Remove radiator grille ⇒ page 176


rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

– Pull covers -7- for headlight washer system off bumper cover
t.
yi Co
op
and unclip.
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
– Loosen bumper cover -1- in area of wheel housing liner -4-.
op Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote
– Unclip left air intake grille -9- and right air intake grille -11-.
AG.

– Unscrew bolts -2-.


– Pull bumper cover -1- off guide elements -3- (left and right).
– Separate temperature sensor connector.
Installing
Installation is carried out in the reverse order.

1. Front bumper 107


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

1.3 Removing release lever


– Swing securing clip -2- upwards.
– Open release lever -1- using a screwdriver -3- and pull off
bonnet lock.
– Pull release lever -1- with guide out from lock carrier.

1.4 Assembly overview - bumper carrier

1 - Bumper carrier
2 - Spreader nut AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
❑ Qty. 3 olksw not
V gu
d by ara
e
3 - Bolt horis nte
eo
ut ra
❑ Qty. 3 ss a c

ce
le

❑ 1.5 Nm
un

pt
an
d
itte

4 - Guide element

y li
rm

ab
❑ To remove and install,
pe

ility
ot

pull out/push in bumper


wit
, is n

cover parallel to guide


h re
hole

elements (left and right)


spec
es, in part or in w

5 - Bolt
t to the co

❑ Qty. 4
❑ 8.5 Nm
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

108 Rep. Gr.63 - Bumpers


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

1.5 Assembly overview - bumper cover, Golf R32

Note

The removal and installation procedures may have to be modified slightly depending on variations in equipment.

1 - Bumper cover
❑ Material - PP/EPDM
❑ Removing ⇒ page 110
2 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 7
❑ 6.6 Nm
3 - Guide element
❑ To remove and install,
pull out/push in bumper
cover parallel to guide
elements (left and right).
4 - Wheel housing liner
5 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 8
❑ 1.5 Nm
6 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 2 agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
lksw not
❑ 1.5 Nm d by
Vo gu
ara
ise nte
r
7 - Adapter ut
ho eo
ra
a
❑ With 2 speed nuts ss c
ce
le
un

❑ Before removing adapt‐


pt
an
d

er, remove wheel hous‐


itte

y li
erm

ing liner
ab
ility
ot p

❑ Removing and installing


wit
is n

⇒ page 111
h re
ole,

spec

8 - Speed nut
urposes, in part or in wh

❑ Qty. 8
t to the co

9 - Cover for headlight washer


system
rrectne

❑ The cover is clipped into


the washer jet of the headlight washer system
ss o

10 - Left air intake grille


cial p

f inform

❑ Clipped in bumper cover


mer

atio
m

11 - Centre air intake grille


o

n
c

i
or

❑ Attached in bumper cover by clips


thi
te

sd
a

❑ Assembly overview ⇒ page 112


iv

o
pr

cum
r

❑ Removal of air intake grille is only possible with bumper cover removed
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
12 - Right air intake grille t. Cop py
rig
gh
❑ Clipped in bumper cover
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

1. Front bumper 109


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
1.6 Removing and installing bumper cover, Golf R32
ol not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Removing
– Separate release lever from bonnet lock ⇒ page 108 .
– Remove radiator grille ⇒ page 176
– Pull covers -9- for headlight washer system off bumper cover
and unclip.
– Loosen bumper cover -1- in area of wheel housing liner -4-.
– Unclip left air intake grille -10- and right air intake grille -12-.
– Unscrew bolts -2-. Pull bumper cover -1- off guide elements
-3- (left and right).
– Separate temperature sensor connector.
Installing
Installation is carried out in the reverse order.

110 Rep. Gr.63 - Bumpers


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

1.7 Removing and


wage
n AG.installing
Volkswagen AGadapter, Golf R32
doe
ks s no
Vol t gu
d by ara
e nte
ris
utho eo
ra
a c
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Removing
– Remove front wheel housing liner ⇒ page 168 .
– Remove bumper cover, Golf R32 -1- ⇒ page 110 .
– Unscrew bolts -2-.
– Take off adapter -3-.
-4- speed nut
Installing
Installation is carried out in the reverse order.

1. Front bumper 111


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

1.8 Assembly overview - centre air intake and air guide, Golf R32

1 - Bumper cover
❑ Material - PP/EPDM
❑ Removing ⇒ page 110
2 - Air guide
❑ Air guide can only be
taken out with bumper
cover removed
⇒ Item 1 (page 112) .
3 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 6
❑ 1.5 Nm
4 - Speed nut
❑ Qty. 6
5 - Clip
❑ Qty. 12
6 - Centre air intake grille
❑ Removal of air intake
grille is only possible
with bumper cover re‐
moved
⇒ Item 1 (page 112)
❑ Removing:
– Removing bumper cov‐
er ⇒ Item 1 (page 112)
⇒ page 110 .

– Pull off clips -


⇒ Item 5 (page 112) .
AG. Volkswagen AG d
– Remove centre air in‐ ksw
agen oes
not
l
take grille. byV
o gu
ara
ed
is nte
❑ Installing: ut
hor eo
a ra
s c
Installation is carried out in the reverse order. When doing this, observe the following:
s
ce
le
un

pt
an
d

– Damaged clips ⇒ Item 5 (page 112) should be renewed.


itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

1.9 Assembly overview - bumper carrier,


wit
is n

h re

Golf R32
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

⇒ “1.4 Assembly overview - bumper carrier”, page 108


t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
by
112
copy Vo
by lksw
Rep. Gr.63 - Bumpers cted agen
Prote AG.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
d byV gu
ara Golf 1998 ➤
e
horis General nte body
eo repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
2 Rear bumper
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

2.1 Assembly overview - bumper cover

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

Note

t to the co
The removal and installation procedures may have to be modified slightly depending on variations in equipment.

rrectness of i
l purpos

1 - Bumper cover
❑ Material - PP/EPDM

nform
ercia

❑ Removing ⇒ page 114


m

a
com

ti
2 - Guide element

on in
r
te o

❑ To remove and install,

thi
s
pull out/push in bumper
iva

do
r

cover parallel to guide


rp

cum
fo

elements (left and right)

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
3 - Bolt
C py
ht. rig
rig ht
❑ Qty. 6 py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted
❑ 1.5 Nm
agen
Prote AG.

4 - Securing strip
5 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 4
❑ 6.6 Nm
6 - Bumper strip
❑ Clipped into cover
❑ Bumper strip can only
be unclipped with bump‐
er cover removed
⇒ page 114 .
7 - Bolt
❑ 6.6 Nm
❑ Only on Bora model

2. Rear bumper 113


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

2.2 Removing and installing bumper cover

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Removing
– Loosen bumper cover -1- in area of wheel housing liner (bolts
-3-).
– Remove tail lights ⇒ Electrical system; Rep. Gr. 94 ; Tail
lights .
– Separate connector (beneath left tail light) for number plate
light - Golf only.
– Unscrew bolts -5-. On Bora, also unscrew bolt -7-.
– Pull bumper cover -1- off guide elements -2- (left and right) and
securing strip -4-.
Installing
Installation is carried out in the reverse order.

114 Rep. Gr.63 - Bumpers


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

2.3 Assembly overview - bumper carrier

Note

The removal and installation procedures may have to be modified slightly depending on variations in equipment.

1 - Bumper carrier
2 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 4
❑ 1.5 Nm
3 - Securing strip
4 - Guide element
❑ To remove and install,
pull out/push in bumper
cover parallel to guide agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
elements (left and right)
yV
olksw not
g b ua
ed ran
5 - Bolt horis tee
t or
❑ Qty. 5 au ac
ss

ce
❑ 1.5 Nm
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

6 - Spreader nut

y li
erm

ab
❑ Qty. 5

ility
ot p

wit
is n

7 - Pop rivet nut


h re
ole,

❑ Qty. 2
spec
urposes, in part or in wh

8 - Spreader nut t to the co

❑ Qty. 4
9 - Bolt
rrectne

❑ Qty. 2
s

❑ 6.6 Nm
s o
cial p

f i

10 - Bolt
nform
mer

❑ Qty. 4
atio
m

❑ 20 Nm
o

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Rear bumper 115


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

2.4 Assembly overview - towing bracket

1 - Towing bracket
❑ For vehicles with front
wheel drive
❑ For vehicles with 4Mo‐
tion
❑ Allocation ⇒ Genuine
Parts
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 117
2 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 4
❑ 60 Nm + 1/4 turn (90°)
further
❑ Always renew bolts after n AG. Volkswagen AG do
loosening lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
3 - Socket o
ir se tee
th or
u
4 - Bolt ss
a ac

ce
e

❑ Qty. 3
nl

pt
du

an
itte

❑ 2.5 Nm

y li
erm

ab
ility
5 - Bumper cover
ot p

wit
, is n

❑ Material - PP/EPDM

h re
hole

❑ Removing and installing

spec
⇒ page 114
es, in part or in w

t to the co
6 - Ball hitch
❑ Removable

rrectness of i
– Removing and installing
l purpos

⇒ Operating instruc‐
tions

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

116 Rep. Gr.63 - Bumpers


Golf 1998 ➤
General
en AGbody
. Volksrepairs,
wagen AGexterior - Edition 08.2003
ag does
ksw not
y Vol gu
2.5 Removing and installing towing bracket
b ara
ed nte
oris eo
th
au ra
c
ss

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Removing
– Remove tow hitch -6- ⇒ Operating instructions .
– Remove rear wheel housing liner ⇒ page 169 .
– Removing bumper cover -5- ⇒ page 114 .
– Unscrew socket -3- from towing bracket -1-.
– Unscrew bolts -2-.
– Pull towing bracket -1- out of profile sections in bodywork.
Installing
Installation is carried out in the reverse order. When doing this,
observe the following:
– When installing towing bracket -1- use only new bolts -2-.

2. Rear bumper 117


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

2.6 Assembly overview - bumper cover, Golf R32

Note

The removal and installation procedures may have to be modified slightly depending on variations in equipment.
n AG. Volkswagen AG
wage does
olks not
byV gu
ara
ed nte
ris
1 - Bumper cover tho eo
au ra
❑ Material - PP/EPDM ss c

ce
le
un
❑ Removing ⇒ page 119

pt
an
d
itte

y li
2 - Bolt

erm

ab
ility
ot p
❑ Qty. 6

wit
is n
❑ 1.5 Nm

h re
ole,

spec
3 - Bolt
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
❑ Qty. 4
❑ 6.6 Nm

rrectne
4 - Spreader rivet
❑ Qty. 2

ss
5 - Adapter

o
cial p

f in
❑ Removal of adapter is

form
mer

only possible with

atio
bumper cover removed
om

n
⇒ page 119
c

i
or

n thi
e

❑ Removing and installing


t

sd
va

⇒ page 120
i

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

6 - Bolt
t.
yi Co
op
❑ Qty. 2
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
❑ 1.5 Nm p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

118 Rep. Gr.63 - Bumpers


Golf 1998 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
by ara
2.7 Removing and installing bumper cover, Golf R32
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Removing
– Loosen bumper cover -1- in area of wheel housing liner (bolts
-2- and -6-).
– Remove tail lights ⇒ Electrical system; Rep. Gr. 94 ; Tail
lights .
– Separate connector (beneath left tail light) for number plate
light - Golf only.
– Unscrew bolts -3-.
– Remove spreader rivet -4-.
– Take off bumper cover -1-.
Installing
Installation is carried out in the reverse order.

2. Rear bumper 119


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

2.8 Removing and installing adapter, Golf R32

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
ercia

Removing
m

at
om

ion

– Remove bumper cover, Golf R32 ⇒ page 119 .


c

in t
or

his
te

– Unscrew bolts -2-.


a

do
priv

cum
or

– Take off adapter -3-.


f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Installing Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
Installation is carried out in the reverse order. p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

120 Rep. Gr.63 - Bumpers


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

2.9 Assembly overview - bumper carrier, R32

Note AG. Volkswagen AG d


agen oes
olksw not
The removal and installation
ed by procedures may have to be modified
V gu
ara slightly depending on variations in equipment.
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
1 - Bumper carrier

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

2 - Securing strip

y li
erm

ab
ility
3 - Guide element
ot p

wit
, is n

❑ To remove and install,

h re
pull out/push in bumper
hole

spec
cover parallel to guide
es, in part or in w

elements (left and right)

t to the co
4 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 3

rrectness of i
❑ 1.5 Nm
l purpos

5 - Spreader nut
❑ Qty. 3

nf
ercia

orm
6 - Pop rivet nut
m

atio
m

❑ Qty. 2
o

n in
or c

thi
e

7 - Bolt
t

sd
iva

o
r

❑ Qty. 2
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

❑ 6.6 Nm
t.
yi Co
Cop py
8 - Spreader nut
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
❑ Qty. 4
op Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
9 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 4
❑ 1.5 Nm
10 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 4
❑ 20 Nm

2. Rear bumper 121


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

64 – Glazing
1 Flush bonded windows

AG. Volkswagen AG d
1.1 Tools Volksw
agen oes
not
by gu
d ara
ise nte
or eo
h
Special tools and workshopaut ra
c
equipment required ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

♦ Removal kit for flush bon‐

an
itte

y li
ded windows -
erm

ab
V.A.G 1474 A-

ility
ot p

wit
♦ Suction lifter -V.A.G 1344-
, is n

h re
hole

♦ Cutting tool -V.A.G 1351-

spec
es, in part or in w

♦ Windscreen removal kit -

t to the co
V.A.G 1755-
♦ Cartridge gun -V.A.G 1628-

rrectness of i
♦ Cartridge heater -
l purpos

V.A.G 1939-

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

122 Rep. Gr.64 - Glazing


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

♦ Electric cutter -
V.A.G 1561 A-
♦ Cutter (58 mm) -V.A.G
1561/2-
♦ Cutter (U-shape) -V.A.G
1561/3-
♦ Scraper (25 mm) -V.A.G
1561/8-
♦ Cutter (offset) -V.A.G
1561/10-
♦ Double cartridge gun -
VAS 5237-

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

1. Flush bonded windows 123


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

1.2 Materials
♦ 2K window adhesive -DA 004 600 A2- 3), 4)

♦ 1K window adhesive -DH 009 100 03- 5), 6)

♦ Activator -D 181 801 A1- 2)

♦ Glass primer/paint primer -D 009 200 02- 2)

♦ Cleaning solution -D 009 401 04- 2)

♦ Primer applicator -D 009 500 25- 2)

♦ Adhesive remover -D 002 000 10- 2)

♦ Cutting cord -357 853 999 A-

2) Materials are stored in the box D 004 700.

3) Observe curing time ⇒ page 142 .


4) Double cartridge gun -VAS 5237- must be used to apply these materials.
5) Heat, according to manufacturers instructions, using cartridge heater -
V.A.G 1939- .
6) Small cartridge 110 ml for sealing and/or when a 400 ml cartridge alone is not
sufficient.

1.3 Assembly overview - windscreen


en AG. V
olkswagen AG
wag does
olks not
byV gu
ara
ed nte
ris
tho eo
au ra
c
ss
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

124 Rep. Gr.64 - Glazing


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

1 - Windscreen
❑ Removing windscreen
⇒ page 127
❑ Installing windscreen
⇒ page 129
2 - PUR adhesive sealant
❑ Cross section of bead:
♦ Width = 7 mm
♦ Height = 11 mm (including
precoating, residual materi‐
al on window glass and win‐
dow flange)
❑ Curing time
⇒ page 142
3 - Gap -a- = 4 mm
4 - Sealing lip (component part
of precoating)
5 - Spacer lip (component part
of precoating)
6 - Roof moulding
7 - Door
8 - Windscreen adjuster
❑ 443 845 631 A
9 - PUR adhesive sealant joint

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
ho eo
1.4 Removing and installing plenum cham‐
ut ra
s a c
s
ber cover
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility

1.4.1 Removing
ot p

wit
, is n

h re

– Unbolt wiper arms (M8 hexagon nuts = 20 Nm).


hole

spec

– Pull off roof mouldings in area of A-pillars.


es, in part or in w

t to the co

– Pull off complete length of plenum chamber seal -1- and re‐
move bolts -2-.
rrectness of i

– Pull cover -3- of pollen filter out upwards towards the front.
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o

125
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG. 1. Flush bonded windows
Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

Note

The plenum chamber cover must not be levered off with a tool
(screwdriver, wedge). The windscreen will be damaged and can
later crack.

– Lift up plenum chamber cover -1- at edge of windscreen.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
– Now pull plenum chamber cover -1- out of mounting slot on
ot p

lower edge of windscreen beginning from edge of windscreen

wit
, is n

h re
-2- and at right angles.
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

126 Rep. Gr.64 - Glazing


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

1.4.2 Installing

Note

Striking the plenum chamber cover can cause cracks in the wind‐
screen.

– Spray mounting slot -1- with soap solution to make it easier to


press the plenum chamber cover into it.

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab

– Press plenum chamber cover -1- in fitting slots, starting from


pe

ility

centre and moving in direction of arrow.


ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
1.5 Removing windscreen
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote
– Remove A-pillar trim ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep.
AG.

Gr. 70 ; Pillar and side panel trim .

1. Flush bonded windows 127


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

– Release sun visor -1- from support -2-.


– Lever out cap -6-.
– Remove bolt -5-.
– Release sun visor mounting -4- from support and separate
connector -3-.
– Lever off cap -7-.
– Remove screws -8- and remove support -2-.

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
– Press interior rear-view mirror -1- downward at an angle

ce
le
un

pt
-arrow- off retaining plate (spring clip in mirror base).

an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
– Lower middle sun visor -1- -arrow-.
cial p

f inform
– Remove self-tapping screw -2- from roof cross member -3-
mer

atio
and remove sun visor.
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

128 Rep. Gr.64 - Glazing


Golf 1998 ➤
n AG. Volkswagen AG do General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003
lkswage es n
o ot g
b yV ua
– Slide protective ed -1- -V.A.G 1474/8- between windscreen
ir sfoil
ran
o tee
and dash panel.
auth or
ac
ss
– Loosen sealing lip in upper area of windscreen using plastic

ce
le
un

pt
wedge and spray with cleaning solution -D 009 401 04- (as

an
d
itte

substitute for lubricant).

y li
erm

ab
ility
– Insert cutting cord -2- into window flange using tube .
ot p

wit
is n

– If gap is too small, guide cutting cord on outside and push un‐

h re
ole,

der lip with a plastic wedge.

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

– Pull the end of the cutting cord through the adhesive seal ma‐

t to the co
terial into the vehicle interior with the awl (from -
V.A.G 1474 A- ).

rrectne
Note

ss o
cial p

f
Guide awl through adhesive sealing material as close as possible

inform
to body windscreen flange along sides of windscreen, to prevent
mer

damage to sealing lip.

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
e

– Secure one end of the cord to the reel device -V.A.G 1654 A- .
t

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r

– Pull second cord end into vehicle and counter hold with pulling
fo

en
ng

handle from -V.A.G 1351- .


t.
yi Co
Cop py
– Apply the reel device -V.A.G 1654- to “position I”.
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co
– Move reel device according to position required and cut win‐
by lksw
cted agen
dow free.
Prote AG.

– Use plastic wedge to press cutting cord against window glass


while cutting in order to have clearance at window flange and
dash panel.

1.6 Installing windscreen


Preparing old undamaged window for glazing ⇒ page 139 .
Preparing new window for glazing ⇒ page 139 .
Preparing body flange for glazing ⇒ page 141 .
Installation instructions ⇒ page 142 .
Curing time ⇒ page 142 .

1.7 Assembly overview - side window, Golf

1. Flush bonded windows 129


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

1 - Side window
❑ Removing side window
⇒ page 130
❑ Installing side window
⇒ page 131
2 - Ceramic coating
3 - Sealing lip (component part
of precoating)
4 - PUR adhesive sealant
❑ Cross section of bead:
♦ Width = 7 mm
♦ Height = 11 mm (including
precoating, residual materi‐
al on window glass and win‐
dow flange)
❑ Curing time
⇒ page 142
5 - Gap -a- = 5...6 mm
❑ The gap must be main‐
tained because the dis‐
tance is required to se‐
cure the roof load
system mountings.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co

1.8 Removing undamaged side window


– Remove side panel ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep. Gr.
rrectness of i

70 ; Pillar and side panel trim .


l purpos

– Remove B-pillar trim ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep.


Gr. 70 ; Pillar and side panel trim .
nform
ercia

– Remove side support for luggage compartment cover and re‐


move C-pillar trim ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep. Gr.
m

a
com

70 ; Pillar and side panel trim .


ion in
r
te o

– Insert plastic wedge between sealing lip and window flange.


thi
s
iva

do
r

– Release sealing lip from window flange and spray with clean‐
rp

cum
fo

ing solution -D 009 401 04- (as substitute for lubricant).


en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

130 Rep. Gr.64 - Glazing


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

– Pull cutting cord through the adhesive sealing material into in‐
side of vehicle using awl (from -V.A.G 1474- ).

– Guide cutting cord between sealing lip and window flange us‐
ing tube -1-.
– If gap is too small, guide cutting cord on outside and push un‐
der lip with a plastic wedge.
– Place cutting cord around the side window.

– Install pulling handle from -V.A.G 1351- at outer end of cord


to counterhold.
– Attach cord end (inner) to reel device -V.A.G 1654 A- and cut
window free by operating winding device.
. Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
– Press cutting cord against window glass with plastic Vol
wedge
ksw
a
not
during cutting process, in order to have clearanceed
byat window gu
ara
flange. tho
ris nte
eo
au ra
c
ss
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

1.9 Removing damaged side window


h re
hole

spec

A damaged side window is removed in much the same way as a


es, in part or in w

damaged rear window ⇒ page 135 .


t to the co

1.10 Installing side window


rrectness of i
l purpos

Note
nf

The material used to pre-coat the side windows (2-door) has been
ercia

changed. Observe information on page ⇒ page 139 .


rm
m

atio
om

n in
c

Preparing old undamaged window for glazing ⇒ page 139 .


or

thi
te

sd
a

Preparing new window for glazing ⇒ page 139 .


iv

o
r
rp

cu
o

Preparing body flange for glazing ⇒ page 141 .


f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
Installation instructions ⇒ page 142 . C py
ht. rig
rig ht
by
Curing time ⇒ page 142 . copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
1.11 Assembly overview - side window, estate
AG.

1. Flush bonded windows 131


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

1 - Side window
❑ Removing side window
⇒ page 132
❑ Installing side window
⇒ page 133
❑ Side window has no pre-
coating
2 - Seal with spacing lip (part of
window)
3 - PUR adhesive sealant
❑ Cross section of bead:
♦ Width = 8 mm n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
♦ Height = 12 mm (including d byV ua
ran
residual material on win‐ ir se tee
ho
dow glass and window aut or
ac
flange) ss

ce
le
un

❑ Curing time

pt
an
d
itte

⇒ page 142

y li
rm

ab
pe

4 - Locating pin

ility
ot

wit
, is n

❑ Qty. 2

h re
hole

❑ They locate the side

spec
window between rear
es, in part or in w

t to the co
door and rear lid
❑ If using old window this
is installed without locat‐

rrectness of i
ing pins
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

1.12 Removing undamaged side window


en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
.
– Release luggage compartment trim in upper area ⇒ General
t rig
gh ht
yri by
body repairs, interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Pillar and side panel trim . cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
– Remove C and D-pillar trim ⇒ General body repairs, interior;
AG.

Rep. Gr. 70 ; Pillar and side panel trim .


– Insert plastic wedge between sealing lip and window flange.
– Release sealing lip from window flange and spray with clean‐
ing solution -D 009 401 04- (as substitute for lubricant).
– Pull cutting cord through the adhesive sealing material into in‐
side of vehicle using awl (from -V.A.G 1474- ).

132 Rep. Gr.64 - Glazing


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

– Guide cutting cord between seal and window flange using tube
-1-. gen AG
. Volkswagen AG
d wa oes
olks not
– Pull the other end of the dcord
by through into the interior and
V gu
ara
counterhold using handle
or
ise
-V.A.G 1351/1- . nte
eo
th
au ra
c
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
– Attach cord end to reel device -V.A.G 1654 A- and cut window
free by operating winding device.
– Press cutting cord against window glass with plastic wedge

rrectness of i
during cutting process, in order to have clearance at window
l purpos

flange.
– Two locating pins are attached to window in area of C-pillar.

nform
ercia

The locating pins are severed during the seal cutting proce‐
dure.
m

at
om

io
The window is reinstalled without locating pins as these are not

n
c

in t
r

available as a replacement part.


o

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

– One suction cup can be removed from the reel device, as


t.
yi Co
op
shown in illustration. This allows the spool of the reel device C py
t. rig
gh
to be positioned closer to the window flange.
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

1.13 Removing damaged side window


A damaged side window is removed in much the same way as a
damaged rear window ⇒ page 135 .

1.14 Installing side window


Preparing old undamaged window for glazing ⇒ page 139 .
Preparing new window without precoating for glazing
⇒ page 140 .
Preparing body flange for glazing ⇒ page 141 .
Installation instructions ⇒ page 142 .
Curing time ⇒ page 142 .

1.15 Assembly overview - rear window, Golf

1. Flush bonded windows 133


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

1 - Rear window
❑ Removing rear window
⇒ page 134
❑ Installing rear window
⇒ page 136
2 - Seal
❑ For rear window wiper
3 - Sealing lip (component part
of precoating)
4 - PUR adhesive sealant
❑ Cross section of bead: AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
♦ Width = 7 mm by Vo gu
ara
d
ise nte
♦ Height = 11 mm utho(including
r eo
precoating, residual
ss a materi‐ ra
c
al on window glass and win‐

ce
e
nl

dow flange)

pt
du

an
itte

y li
❑ Curing time
erm

ab
⇒ page 142

ility
ot p

wit
, is n

5 - Trim panel

h re
hole

6 - Window heater contact

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
7 - Gap -a- = 4.5 mm

rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi
1.16 Removing undamaged rear window
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
– Remove rear lid trim ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep. p by
co Vo
Gr. 70 ; Rear lid trim .
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Pull off connections for heated rear window and press con‐
necting tabs onto window.
– Remove rear window wiper motor ⇒ Electrical system; Rep.
Gr. 92 ; Repairing rear window wash/wipe system .
– Remove additional brake light ⇒ Electrical system; Rep. Gr.
94 .
– Release sealing lip from window flange using plastic wedge
and spray with cleaning solution -D 009 401 04- (as substitute
for lubricant).

134 Rep. Gr.64 - Glazing


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

– Guide trimming needle -2- with help of handle -1- under seal‐
ing lip -3- and puncture through adhesive bead (use side area
on edge of rear window).
Trimming needle must be guided as close as possible to the win‐
dow.
– Unscrew handle and feed cutting cord through eye of needle.
– Pull one end of cutting cord inside (use pliers and gloves).

– Guide cutting cord between sealing lip and window flange us‐
ing tube -1-.
– If gap is too small, guide cutting cord on outside and push un‐
der lip with a plastic wedge.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
– Place cutting cord round rear window as shown. d by
V gu
ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
s c
Note s

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
Press in cutting cord deep enough in order to avoid damaging the
itte

y li
erm

sealing lip and/or spacing lip.

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

– Pull the other end of the cord through into the interior and

h re
counterhold using handle -V.A.G 1351/1- .
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co

– Mask window flange on inside -1- using nylon adhesive tape.


rrectness of i

– Secure end of cord on reel device.


l purpos

– Apply the reel device -V.A.G 1654- to “position I”.


nform
ercia

– Move reel device according to position required and cut win‐


dow free.
m

at
om

ion

– Press cutting cord against window glass with plastic wedge


c

in t
or

during cutting process, in order to have clearance at window


his
ate

flange.
do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
1.17 Removing damaged rear window
op Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Protect body and interior against damage from glass splinters.
– Remove pieces of glass up to adhesive sealing material.
– Pull off connectors for rear window heating and aerial.

1. Flush bonded windows 135


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

– Cover flange -2- all round with textile reinforced adhesive tape.
– Cut through adhesive sealing material (with remainders of
glass) in window aperture using electric cutter and cutter -
V.A.G 1561/10- (with stop roller).

WARNING

Always wear protective goggles and leather gloves.

1.18 Installing rear window


Preparing old undamaged window for glazing ⇒ page 139 .
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
Preparing new window for glazing ⇒ page 139 . Volksw not
gu
d by ara
e
Preparing body flange for glazing ⇒ page 141 . horis nte
eo
aut ra
Installation instructions ⇒ page 142 . ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
Curing time ⇒ page 142 .
du

an
itte

y li
1.19 Assembly overview - rear window, Bora
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
1 - Rear window
hole

spec
❑ Removing rear window
es, in part or in w

t to the co
⇒ page 134
❑ Installing rear window
⇒ page 136

rrectness of i
2 - Gap -a- = 3 mm
l purpos

3 - Sealing lip (component part


of precoating)

nform
ercia

4 - PUR adhesive sealant


m

at
om

❑ Cross section of bead:

ion
c

in t
or

♦ Width = 7 mm
his
ate

do
riv

♦ Height = 11 mm (including
p

cum
or

precoating, residual materi‐


f

en
ng

t.
yi
al on window glass and win‐
Co
op py
dow flange) t. C rig
gh ht
yri by
❑ Curing time
op Vo
by c lksw
⇒ page 142 cted agen
Prote AG.

5 - Gap -b- = 6.5 mm


❑ Check gap using setting
gauge -3371-
6 - Windscreen adjuster
❑ 443 845 631 A
7 - Gap -c- = 3 mm

136 Rep. Gr.64 - Glazing


n AG. Volkswagen AG do
wage es n
yV
olks ot g Golf 1998 ➤
b ua
ir se
d General
ran
tee body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003
tho
u or
a ac
1.20 ss Removing undamaged rear window

ce
le
un

pt
an
– Pull off connections for heated rear window and press con‐
d
itte

y li
necting tabs onto window.
erm

ab
ility
ot p

– Remove rear shelf ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep. Gr.

wit
is n

70 ; Pillar and side panel trim; Removing and installing rear

h re
ole,

shelf .

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

– Remove C-pillar upper trim ⇒ General body repairs, interior;

t to the co
Rep. Gr. 70 ; Pillar and side panel trim; Removing and instal‐
ling C-pillar upper trim (Bora) .

rrectne
– Release sealing lip from window flange using plastic wedge
and spray with cleaning solution -D 009 401 04- (as substitute
for lubricant).

ss o
cial p

f
– Place cutting cord in window flange with help of tube.

inform
mer

atio
m

Note
o

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

Press in cutting cord deep enough in order to avoid damaging the

sd
iva

o
sealing lip and/or spacing lip.
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
– Pull cutting cord through the adhesive sealing material into in‐
. Cop py
side of vehicle using awl (from -V.A.G 1474 A- ).
t rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Pull the other end of the cord through into the interior and
counterhold using handle -V.A.G 1351/1- .
– Secure inner end of cord on reel device.
– Position reel device -V.A.G 1654- .
– Insert protective foil -1- ( -V.A.G 1474/14- ) between rear win‐
dow and headliner.

– Move reel device according to position required and cut win‐


dow free.
– Press cutting cord against window glass with plastic wedge
during cutting process, in order to have clearance at window
flange.

1. Flush bonded windows 137


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

– Instead of reel device -V.A.G 1654- , reel device -


V.A.G 1654 A- can be used.
– One suction cup can be removed from the reel device, as
shown in illustration. This allows the spool of the reel device
to be positioned closer to the window flange.

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

1.21 Removing damaged rear window

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
– Protect body and interior against damage from glass splinters.
ot

wit
, is n

h re
– Remove pieces of glass up to adhesive sealing material.
hole

spec
– Pull off connectors for rear window heating and aerial.
es, in part or in w

t to the co
– Cover flange -2- all round with textile reinforced adhesive tape.
– Cut through adhesive sealing material (with remainders of

rrectness of i
glass) in window aperture using electric cutter and cutter -
V.A.G 1561/10- (with stop roller).
l purpos

WARNING

nform
mercia

a
Always wear protective goggles and leather gloves.
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
1.22 Installing rear window Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
Preparing old undamaged window for glazing ⇒ page 139 . cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Preparing new window for glazing ⇒ page 139 .
Preparing body flange for glazing ⇒ page 141 .
Installation instructions ⇒ page 142 .
Curing time ⇒ page 142 .

138 Rep. Gr.64 - Glazing


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

1.23 Preparinglkundamaged
swa
gen AG window
. Volkswagen AG
does for glaz‐
not
ing sed b Vo gu
y ara
ri n tee
ho
aut or
ac
ss
Note

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

♦ If installing an undamaged window, cut back residual adhesive

y li
erm

ab
seal to 1...2 mm, being careful not to damage primer and ce‐

ility
ot p

ramic coating.

wit
, is n

h re
♦ Remaining material serves as adhesion base for newly ap‐
hole

spec
plied adhesive sealing compound.
es, in part or in w

t to the co
WARNING

rrectness of i
Do not prime adhesion surface and do not treat with a cleaning
l purpos

solution. Keep adhesion surface free of dirt and grease.

nform
ercia

Exception: If bonding is not performed immediately after cutting


m

back, the remaining residual material must be activated with ac‐

at
om

io
tivator -D 181 801 A1- .

n
c

in t
or

his
ate

1.24 Preparing new window for glazing


do
priv

cum
for

en
g

New windows are supplied pre-coated with PUR. The pre-coating


n

t.
yi Co
op
comprise of items -1-, -2- and -3-. C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
1- Sealing lip
p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
2- Spacing lip
Prote AG.

3- Area for application of adhesive bead


4- Window glass

1.24.1 Side window

Note

Due to the change in side window pre-coating material, the pre-


coating must be treated as follows:

– Cloth with silicon remover (part no. -LSE 020 100 A3- ).
– Clean area of application for adhesive bead -3- twice thor‐
oughly using cloth applied with solution.
– After a drying period of at least five minutes, activator -D 181
801 A1- should be applied in the normal way as per pre-coated
windows.

1.24.2 Gaps for side window


A gap of 5..6 mm between top edge of window and window flange
on side panel must be adhered to when fitting a side window.
Reason: This distance is required to fit the roof mounting system.
The rest of the adhesive sequence remains unchanged.

1. Flush bonded windows 139


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

1.25 Preparing new window without precoat‐


ing for glazing
For the 2-door Golf and Golf/Bora estate, a new window has been
introduced without pre-coating. Only the PUR sealing lip -1- and
the spacing lip -2- have been sprayed onto the new windows.
1- Sealing lip
2- Spacing lip n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
3- Window glass d byV ua
ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
Note ss

ce
le
un

pt
an
d

The area to which the adhesive bead is applied -3- is not precoa‐
itte

y li
rm

ted or primed.

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

– Clean a 20 mm wide strip all around edge of window using

h re
hole

cleaning solution -D 009 401 04- .

spec
es, in part or in w

– Then dry edge of window using a lint free cloth.

t to the co
WARNING

rrectness of i
Ceramic coating on window is not a primer! It must be primed
l purpos

before application of adhesive sealing compound! Use only


primer -D 009 200 02- !

nform
mercia

a
com

tio
– Now apply primer -2- using applicator -D 009 500 25- -1-
n in
r
te o

equally in one stroke.


thi
s
iva

do

♦ Drying time approx. 10 minutes


r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op py
Note t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
To apply the sealing bead, the nozzle should be cut to shape so Prote
cted AG.
agen
that the sealing bead has a width of 8 mm and height of 12 mm.

1.25.1 All other windows


– Rub down precoating with a dry, lint-free cloth.

WARNING

Do not prime precoating and do not treat with cleaning agent.

140 Rep. Gr.64 - Glazing


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

– Thinly apply activator -D 181 801 A1- using applicator -D 009


500 25- -1- (felt pad with holder) only to pre-coating -2- of win‐
dow.
– Allow activator to dry for at least 10 minutes.

Note

♦ Activator must not come into contact with paint or damage to


paintwork will ensue.
♦ Activator must not come into contact with the window heater
bus bar.

1.26 Preparing body flange for glazing


– Cut back remaining material on window flange using scraper
-V.A.G 1561/8- , but do not remove completely.

Note

Remaining material serves as adhesion base for newlyGapplied


Volkswagen AG
adhesive sealing compound. Keep dirt and grease en Aof .bonding
wagoff does
ks
surfaces. l not
Vo gu
by a
ed ran
ris tee
tho or
au ac
WARNING ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
Activator must not come into contact with paint or damage to
itte

y li
erm

paintwork will ensue.

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
Exception: if bonding is not performed immediately after cutting
hole

spec
back, the remaining residual material must be activated with ac‐
es, in part or in w

tivator -D 181 801 A1- .


t to the co
Note
rrectness of i
l purpos

If the window flange has been repaired or partially renewed, after


painting, the area concerned must be cleaned and primed again.
nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

1. Flush bonded windows 141


olkswagen AG
en AG. V
Golf 1998 ➤ ksw
ag does
not
Vol
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003ed by gu
ara
ris nte
utho eo
ra
1.27 Installation instructions ss
a c

ce
le
un

pt
– Apply adhesive material (continuous bead) to pre-coating -1-

an
d
itte
at right angle to window.

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
WARNING

, is n

h re
hole

spec
Window must be installed within 10 minutes, or adhesive prop‐

es, in part or in w
erties of window adhesive will be impaired.

t to the co
♦ With help of two double suction cups ( -V.A.G 1344- ) install

rrectness of i
glass pane in window aperture, align to centre and press in
l purpos
onto the spacing lip.
♦ Windscreen gap/shut line ⇒ page 124 .

nform
ercia

♦ Secure windscreen during curing time with window adjusters


m

(443 845 631 A).

a
com

tion in
♦ It is essential to install the plenum chamber cover as described
r
te o

thi
on page ⇒ page 125 .

s
iva

do
r
rp

c
♦ Replace stickers (e.g. for airbag) which may be installed.

um
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
– When installing, place mirror -1- in position at 60...90° and turn
C py
t. rig
gh
-arrow- until locking spring clicks into place.
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
♦ Insert seal for rear window wiper motor drive shaft into rear cted agen
Prote AG.
window.
♦ On Bora models, check gap/shutline using setting gauge
-3371- between rear lid and rear window; Rear window gaps/
shutlines ⇒ page 136 .
♦ Rear window gaps/shutlines ⇒ page 133 .
♦ The activator must not come into contact with the window
heater bus bar.
♦ Use adhesive tape to secure rear window in position while
curing.
♦ Secure rear window during curing time using window adjusters
(443 845 631 A).
♦ If the adhesive bead is applied too thick and the adhesive ex‐
pands onto the area of the window heating, excess adhesive
must be removed.

1.28 Minimum curing time

WARNING

Special standards must be adhered to when replacing bonded


windows. One of these standards is, for example, that a freshly
bonded windscreen must comply with the safety requirements,
even in an accident, following the minimum prescribed curing
time.

A shorter curing time has been made possible by the introduction


of the new 2 pack adhesive -DA 004 600 A2- .
Window Vehicle Window adhesive Minimum
curing time
Windscreen With and DA 004 600 A2 3 hours
without air‐
bag

142 Rep. Gr.64 - Glazing


AG. Volkswagen AG d Golf 1998 ➤
agen
Volksw General
oes
not body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003
by gu
d ara
ise nte
r
Window Vehicle
ut
ho
Window adhesive Minimum eo
ra
ss a
curing time c

ce
le
Side windows

un

pt
an
d
and rear win‐ itte

y li
rm
dows

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
The minimum curing time is the period between bonding the ac‐
, is n

h re
cessory parts to installation. During this time, the vehicle must be
hole

parked on a hard level standing at room temperature (at least15°

spec
es, in part or in w

C).

t to the co
WARNING

rrectness of i
Vehicle is only safe to use after curing time has elapsed.
l purpos

nform
ercia

1.29 Touching up paint damage


m

a
Paint structure must be restored according to specifications in the
com

tion in
“Paint” workshop manual.
r
te o

thi
s
The following repair method is suitable for paint finish damaged
iva

do
r

in areas which are not visible:


rp

cum
fo

en
ng

– Painting over twice (wet-on-wet) with glass/paint primer -D


t.
yi Co
op
009 200 02- - flash-off time = at least 10 minutes.
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
1.30 Cleaning off excess adhesive sealing
op Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote
material
AG.

– Use of adhesive remover -D 002 000 10- as a cleaning solution


is recommended. Observe the appropriate safety precautions
when performing this work.

WARNING

Glass which has just been installed should not be pressed out‐
wards whilst cleaning from inside of vehicle.

– First clean painted surface as much as possible using a dry


cloth. Remove residue using adhesive remover -D 002 000
10- .
– Cleaning plastic trim: Allow adhesive sealing material to cure
(approx. one hour) and then peel off.

1. Flush bonded windows 143


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs,
wageexterior - Edition 08.2003
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
e
ks s no
Vol t gu
d by ara
e nte
ris
2 Door window
autho eo
ra
c
ss

ce
le
un

pt
an
d

2.1 Tools
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

Special tools and workshop

h re
ole,

equipment required

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

♦ Socket driver -T10011-

t to the co
♦ Socket driver -T10072-
♦ Assembly tool -T10034-

rrectne
♦ Bit insert -3320/2- for

s
-3320-

s o
cial p

f i
♦ Bit insert -3320/3- for

nform
-3320-
mer

atio
m

♦ Socket -3410-
o

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

144 Rep. Gr.64 - Glazing


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

2.2 Assembly overview - front door window

1 - Window channel
❑ Pushed onto flange
2 - Door
3 - Inner window aperture seal
❑ Pushed onto flange
4 - Bolt
❑ 20 Nm
5 - Assembly carrier
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 146
❑ Window regulator is part
of assembly carrier
6 - Window regulator motor
❑ Bolted to front of assem‐
bly carrier
❑ Torque setting for win‐
dow regulator motor
bolts: 3.5 Nm
7 - Bolt
❑ Plastic clamping jaws 9
Nm
❑ Aluminium clamping
jaws 11 Nm
AG. Volkswagen AG d
8 - Cap lksw
agen oes
not
Vo gu
y
9 - Bolt rise
d b ara
nte
o eo
❑ 8 Nm auth
ra
ss c
10 - Crank drive for mechanical
ce
e
nl

pt

window regulator
du

an
itte

y li

❑ Bolted to front of assem‐


erm

ab

bly carrier
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

11 - Door window
h re
hole

❑ Removing ⇒ page 145


spec
es, in part or in w

❑ Adjusting ⇒ page 146


t to the co
rrectness of i

2.3 Removing front door window


l purpos

– Removing front door trim ⇒ General body repairs, interior;


Rep. Gr. 70 ; Door trim .
nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Door window 145


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

– Lever out cover caps -1-.


– Lower door window until clamp securing bolts are accessible
on clamping jaws.

Note

If the work step cannot be carried out because there is a fault with
the electric window motor, remove motor to slide window down.

– Loosen bolts -2- and press clamps apart.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
– Lift rear of door window and take out of door forwards,
orise in di‐ nte
eo
rection of arrow. auth
ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
2.4 Adjusting door window
l purpos

– The door window clamping jaws must be positioned in the as‐


sembly opening.
nf
ercia

– Slide door window -3- without additional force in clamping jaws orm
m

atio
m

and align to rear window channel -arrow-.


o

n in
or c

– When doing this, ensure that window is parallel to window


thi
te

sd
a

channel.
iv

o
r
rp

cu
o

– Tighten clamping jaws by means of bolts -4- (9 Nm).


f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
• Then perform functional check. C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
Items 1 and 2 in the diagram are of no significance. cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

2.5 Removing and installing assembly car‐


rier
Attached to the assembly carrier are window regulator, door lock
and loudspeaker.
The window regulator is supplied with the assembly carrier.

146 Rep. Gr.64 - Glazing


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

The assembly carrier can only be removed if the door window is


unbolted from the clamping brackets of the window regulator. To
do this, lower door window to the height of the assembly holes in
assembly carrier and loosen clamping brackets.
If the door window cannot be lowered on the electric window ver‐
sion, first determine the cause of the fault.
To do this, use fault reader -V.A.G 1551- to interrogate fault mem‐
ory of convenience system (address word 46) ⇒ Body self-
diagnosis; Rep. Gr. 01 ; Interrogating fault memory .
If an electrical fault hasabeen
n AGcaused
. Volkswagby the
en AG dowindow regulator
w ge
motor, the motor canVo be removed from the assembly
lks es n
ot g carrier.
by ua
ed ran
2.5.1 thoRemoving
ris tee
or
au ac
ss
– Removing front door trim ⇒ General body repairs, interior;

ce
e
nl

Rep. Gr. 70 ; Door trim .

pt
du

an
itte

y li
– Removing and installing lock cylinder housing ⇒ page 39 .
erm

ab
ility
ot p

– Lever out cover caps -1-.

wit
, is n

h re
– Lower door window until securing bolts for door window are
hole

spec
accessible.
es, in part or in w

t to the co
Note

rrectness of i
If the work step cannot be carried out because there is a fault with
the electric window motor, remove motor to slide window down.
l purpos

– Loosen bolts -2- and press clamps apart.


nf
ercia

orm

– Slide door window upwards and hold in place (e.g. with adhe‐
m

atio
m

sive tape).
o

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co
– Separate all wiring connectors -arrows-.
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Door window 147


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

– Remove screws -2-.


Torque setting: 20 Nm

. Volkswage
– Remove bolts -arrows-. Pullksassembly
wage
n AG carrier at topooff
n AG d
es ndoor,
raise and lift out of doorbytoV hinge side of door.
ol ot g
ua d ran
ise
– Turn assembly carrier
ut
ho
r
and pull connector off door lock. tee
or
sa ac
– Then disengage
s clips for electrical wiring on back of assembly

ce
le

carrier.
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio

2.5.2 Installing assembly carrier


om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

148 Rep. Gr.64 - Glazing


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Pull operating lever -1- in direction of arrow.


– Using a screwdriver, tension the spring -2- mounted on the
door lock in the direction of the arrow and attach the lock lever
to the spring.

Note

By hooking the operating lever in, the lock becomes locked. This prevents “incorrect” attachment of the Bowden
cable at a later stage.

– Insert assembly carrier in door.

2. Door window 149


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

– Insert all bolts. Tighten bolts -1- and -2- in the sequence speci‐
fied.
Torque setting: 8 Nm
– The remaining bolts can be tightened in any sequence.
– Insert door window -3- through window aperture without addi‐
tional force in clamping jaws and align to rear window channel
-arrow-.
– When doing this, ensure that window is parallel to window
channel.
– Tighten clamping jaws by means of bolts -4-.
• Torque setting: Plastic clamping jaws 9 Nm, aluminium clamp‐
ing jaws 11 Nm.
– Then perform remaining installation in reverse order of remov‐
al.
• Then perform functional check.

2.6 Assembly overview - rear door window

1 - Door
2 - Bolt
3 - Outer window channel
❑ Pushed onto flange
4 - Quarter light window
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ “2.7 Removing and in‐
stalling assembly carri‐ n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
er, rear door window byV
o ot g
ua
and quarter light win‐orised ran
tee
dow”, page 151 au th or
a
ss c
5 - Bolt
ce
e
nl

pt
du

❑ 10 Nm
an
itte

y li
erm

ab

6 - Cap
ility
ot p

wit

7 - Bolt
, is n

h re
hole

8 - Middle frame
spec
es, in part or in w

9 - Assembly carrier
t to the co

❑ Removing and installing


⇒ page 151
rrectness of i

❑ Window regulator is part


of assembly carrier
l purpos

10 - Window regulator motor


nform
ercia

❑ Bolted to front of assem‐


bly carrier
m

at
om

❑ Torque setting for win‐


on
c

in t

dow regulator motor


or

his
e

bolts: 3.5 Nm
at

do
priv

11 - Crank drive for mechanical


um
for

en
g

window regulator
n

t.
yi Co
op
❑ Bolted to front of assem‐
C py
t. rig
gh
bly carrier
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

150 Rep. Gr.64 - Glazing


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

12 - Inner window aperture seal


❑ Pushed onto flange
13 - Bolt
❑ 8 Nm
14 - Door window
❑ Removing ⇒ page 151
15 - Window channel
❑ Engaged in filler piece
16 - Filler piece

2.7 Removing and installing assembly agen


AG. Volkcar‐
swagen AG
does
rier, rear door window db
yand
Volksw
quarter light not
gu
ara
window ise nte
or eo
th
au ra
c
The following instructions “Removing
ss assembly carrier” include

ce
e

the door window and the quarter light window.


nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
Attached to the assembly carrier are window regulator, door lock
erm

ab
and loudspeaker.

ility
ot p

wit
The window regulator is included in the items supplied with the
, is n

h re
assembly carrier and cannot be ordered separately.
hole

spec
The assembly carrier, however, can only be removed if the door
es, in part or in w

t to the co
window is released from the window regulator. To do this, lower
window to height of installation hole in assembly carrier and re‐
move spreader pins.

rrectness of i
If the door window cannot be lowered on the electric window ver‐
l purpos

sion, first determine the cause of the fault.


To do this, use fault reader -V.A.G 1551- to interrogate fault mem‐

nform
ercia

ory of convenience system (address word 46) ⇒ Body self-


diagnosis; Rep. Gr. 01 ; Interrogating fault memory .
m

at
om

io

If an electrical fault has been caused by the window regulator


n
c

in t
r

motor, the motor can be removed from the assembly carrier.


o

his
ate

do
riv

2.7.1 Removing
p

cum
for

en
ng

t.
– Removing rear door trim ⇒ General body repairs, interior;
yi Co
op
Rep. Gr. 70 ; Door trim .
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
– Removing and installing lock cylinder housing ⇒ page 39 .
op Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Door window 151


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition
en AG. V08.2003
olkswagen AG
ag does
ksw not
y Vol gu
– Lever out cap -1-. d b ara
rise nte
ho eo
– Lower door window until a spreader pin -2- and spreader plug
ut ra
c
-3- are accessible in the
ss
cut-out of the window regulator.

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
Note
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
If the work step cannot be carried out because there is a fault with
is n

h re
the electric window motor, remove motor to slide window down.
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

– Screw a 5 mm bolt (approx. 70 mm long) in the spreader pin

t to the co
-2- and pull out from spreader plug -3-.
– Now screw an 8 mm bolt (approx. 80 mm long) into spreader

rrectne
plug -3-.

ss o
Note
cial p

f inform
mer

When screwing in bolt, do not exert too great a pressure on the

atio
m

spreader plug because otherwise the plug will fall into the door.
o

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
– Pull spreader plug out of window guide and thereby out of door
iva

o
r

window.
p

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
– When doing this press window regulator Bowden cable to side op
yi Co
with a screwdriver.
C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
– Pull off seal -1- from centre column to window aperture seal Prote
cted AG.
agen
-2-.
– Lever out cap -3-.
– Then remove screw that becomes visible.

152 Rep. Gr.64 - Glazing


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Using a screwdriver -1-, lift up locking lug -2- and take filler
piece -3- upwards out of window column.
– Grasp inner window aperture seal -1- using pliers -2-. Then
move pliers in direction of arrow whilst lifting the window aper‐
ture seal -1- up out of door flange with light twisting motion at
the same time.
– To ease removal of the window aperture seal, use a wedge
-3- to supplement the pliers.

2. Door window 153


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

– Slide door window -1- upwards and take out of door towards
interior -arrow-.

– Pull off window guide -1- in upper area and remove cross-head
-2- in centre column. en AG. V
olkswagen AG
ag does
ksw not
y Vol gu
b ara
ed nte
Note oris eo
th
au ra
c
ss
♦ The cross-head screw -2- will gradually be discontinued. In‐
ce
e
nl

pt
stead, the centre column will be clipped in at the top of the
du

an
itte

door.
y li
erm

ab
♦ The remaining work sequence is the same. ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co

– Remove hexagon bolt -1-.


– Pull centre column -2- off quarter light window seal -3- and pull
downwards out of upper window guide.
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
g

– Take centre column -1- upwards out of door.


n

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

154 Rep. Gr.64 - Glazing


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

2.7.2 Continuation for removal of quarter light


window
. Volkswagen AG
wa gen AG d
– Pull window channel V-1- olksoff door flange -2-. Turn lower
oes
not area of
gu
window channel eoutwards
db
y by 90° -arrow A- and then pullara off
nte
window aperture
thoris
seal -3- upwards -arrow B-. eo
au ra
c
ss

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
– The quarter light window can now be removed in an arch

rrectne
-arrow- out of the door.

ss o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
2.7.3 Continuation for removal of assembly
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
carrier cted agen
Prote AG.

– Remove bellows -1- from B-pillar.


– Separate connector -2-.

2. Door window 155


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

– Remove bolts -arrows-.


– Unscrew bolts -1- (for lock).

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
– Pull assembly carrier off door from above, lift up and lever out
l purpos

of door towards hinge side -arrow- of door.


– The release the two clips for the wiring off the reinforcement

nform
ercia

panel in the door and pull wire out of rubber boot.


m

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

2.7.4 Installing quarter light window


– Insert quarter light window in door -arrow A- (use a soap sol‐
ution to aid installation).
– Position window channel -1- from outside on door flange -2-
and turn outwards by 90°.
– Then insert window channel - as shown in the diagram - in the
window aperture.
– The window aperture seal -3- can now be pressure down‐
wards -arrow B- onto the door flange.
– Position window channel -1- in the door flange -2- and install
completely.
– Then perform remaining installation in reverse order of remov‐
al.

156 Rep. Gr.64 - Glazing


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

2.7.5 Installing assembly carrier

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Pull operating lever -1- in direction of arrow.


– Using a screwdriver, tension the spring -2- mounted on the
door lock in the direction of the arrow and attach the lock lever
to the spring.

Note

By hooking the operating lever in, the lock becomes locked. This prevents “incorrect” attachment of the Bowden
cable at a later stage.

– Guide wire through rubber boot in door and secure clips in door
panel.
– Insert assembly carrier in door.

2. Door window 157


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

– Insert all bolts. Tighten bolts -1- and -2- in the sequence speci‐
fied.
Torque setting: 8 Nm
– The remaining bolts can be tightened in any sequence.
– Install door window. To do this, see instructions on how to in‐
stall door window to window regulator ⇒ page 158 .
– Then perform remaining installation in reverse order of remov‐
al.
• Then perform functional check.

2.8 Fitting door window to window regulator


– Before renewing spreader plug and spreader pin, check glass
for damage.

Note

When installing door window, always renew spreader plug and


spreader pin.(part no. -6N0 839 511- ).
G. Volkswagen AG d
– Insert spreader plug -2- in centre position withlkwindow
wage
n A re‐ oes
moved. Vo s not
gu
by d ara
r ise nte
– Push spreader pin -1- flush into spreader
ut
ho plug -2-. eo
ra
a c
– Guide window into door. ss
ce
le
un

pt

– Insert door window -3- in the window lifting rail guide slot -4-.
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab

– By applying slight pressure from above, engage glass in win‐


pe

ility

dow regulator -arrow-.


ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

2.9 Electric window regulator with conven‐


com

tion in

ience function (automatic opening and


r
te o

thi
s
iva

closing) and force limitation mechanism


do
r
rp

cum
fo

With the introduction of the convenience power windows, the win‐


en
ng

t.
yi Co
dow regulators are also equipped with automatic opening and Cop py
closing features. ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
The switch for the front window automatic opening and closing
by lksw
cted agen
functions is located in the driver's door controls. The switch for
Prote AG.

158 Rep. Gr.64 - Glazing


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

the driver's and front passenger's door is equipped with a two


level function.
If the relevant switch is pushed or pulled to the first detent position,
the front window is opened or closed manually.
If the switch is pressed or pulled to the 2nd detent position briefly,
the front windows will open or close automatically.
There are also additional switches in the front passenger's door
and the rear doors for individual window regulation.
All power windows are equipped with a force limitation mecha‐
nism. If when the window is closing its path is blocked, the window
will stop automatically.
However, the force limitation mechanism does not work if the
windows are closed from outside the vehicle with the ignition key.

2.9.1 Function of window regulator with igni‐


tion switched on
Opening
Switch in driver's door
• Front windows:
– Press front section of switch down to 1st detent. The window
will be opened manually.
– Press front of switch down briefly to 2nd detent. The window
will be opened automatically (automatic fully opening system).
– If the switch is operated again the window will stop immedi‐
ately.
• Rear windows:
– Press front section of switch down. The window will be opened
manually.
. Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
Switches in front passenger's doorVand
olks rear doors
wa not
y gu
db ara
– Press lower part of switch. orisThe window will be opened man‐
e nte
ually. aut
h eo
ra
ss c
Closing
ce
le
un

pt
an
d

Switch in driver's door


itte

y li
rm

ab

• Front windows:
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

– Pull front section of switch up to first detent. The window will


h re

be closed manually.
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

– Pull front section of switch briefly up to 2nd detent. The window


t to the co

will be closed automatically (automatic fully closing system).


– If the switch is operated again the window will stop immedi‐
rrectness of i

ately.
l purpos

• Rear windows:
– Pull front section of switch up. The window will be closed man‐
nform
ercia

ually.
m

Switches in front passenger's door and rear doors


a
com

tion in

– Press upper part of switch. The window will be closed man‐


r
te o

thi

ually.
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Door window 159


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

2.9.2 Function of window regulator with igni‐


tion switched off
The window regulators can be operated for approx. 10 minutes
after switching ignition off, as long as the driver's or front pas‐
senger's door have not been opened.
When closing the front windows there is no automatic closing
function.
If the window in the driver's or front passenger's door is impeded
because it is tight or encounters an object during the closing se‐
quence (force limitation) the window will open immediately.
In this case the window can only be closed again if the ignition is
switched on.
The windows can be opened and closed from the exterior on ve‐
hicles with a central locking system. The key must be held in the
lock or unlock position.

2.9.3 Setting automatic opening and closing

Note

The automatic opening and closing features for the driver's and
front passenger's windows do not function after disconnecting
and reconnecting the vehicle battery.

To reinstate this feature after reconnecting the vehicle battery


proceed as follows:
– Lock vehicle from outside using driver's or front passenger's
door.
When doing this, ensure that all doors and windows are closed
completely.
– Unlock vehicle and lock vehicle again at driver's or front pas‐
senger's door. When doing this hold the key for at least one swa
gen AG
. Volkswagen AG
does
second in the lock position. by
Volk not
gu
ara
ed nte
The automatic opening and closing functions for the driver's ris
tho and e or
front passenger's window is reactivated. s au ac
s
ce
le

If there is a fault with the power windows, this will be indicated by


un

pt

a flashing switch light in the driver's and front passenger's door


an
d
itte

y li

and in the rear doors.


rm

ab
pe

ility

All lights in the door trim will flash for approx. 15 seconds after
ot

wit
, is n

switching on the ignition.


h re
hole

spec

2.10 Overriding resistance in event of force


es, in part or in w

t to the co

limitation intervention
• Prerequisite: Automatic fully opening and closing system OK
rrectness of i

• Ignition switched on.


l purpos

– Close door window with window regulator switch (automatic


closing).
nform
ercia

If the window in the driver's or front passenger's door is impeded


m

because it is tight or it encounters an object during the closing


a
com

tio

sequence (force limitation intervention) the window will open im‐


n in
r

mediately.
te o

thi
s
iva

do

– After the window has opened the relevant window switch must
r
rp

cum

be lifted or pressed and held within 5 seconds.


fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by

160
co Vo
by lksw
cted
Rep. Gr.64 - Glazing
agen
Prote AG.
Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

If the window is impeded again because it is tight or it encounters


an object, the window will stop immediately (force limitation inter‐
vention).
– After the window has stopped the switch must be operated
within 5 seconds again to close the window.
The window will now close without force limitation intervention
beyond the obstruction.
• Ignition switched off.
If the window in the driver's or front passenger's door is impeded
because it is tight or it encounters an object during the closing
sequence (force limitation intervention) the window will open im‐
mediately.
Operation via the interior window regulator switch is now blocked.
If, within one minute of opening the window, the ignition is switch‐
ed on and the switch pressed to close the window, the window
will close without automatic closing.

2.11 Removing and installing window regula‐


tor motor or assembly carrier with win‐
dow regulator

2.11.1 Removing
The illustration shows removal and installation of window regula‐
tor motor/assembly carrier with window regulator on the rear
doors. The removal and installation procedure is the same on the
front doors. gen AG
. Volkswagen AG
d wa oes
olks not
Removing assembly carrier at front/rear ⇒ page d146
by or
V gu
ara
⇒ page 151 . orise nte
eo
h
ut ra
– Slide a hammer shaft between the window
ss
a
guide and the as‐ c
sembly carrier until the end of the hammer shaft presses
ce
le
un

against the assembly carrier. pt


an
d
itte

y li
erm

– Remove screws -1- and take off window regulator motor. ab


ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectnes

2.11.2 Installing window regulator motor


s o
cial p

f in

– The mechanism will change position when the window regu‐


form
mer

lator motor is removed, it is then no longer aligned.


atio
om

– The mechanism must be aligned to the central position when


n
c

i
or

the window regulator motor is installed.


thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Door window 161


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

– Insert bolts -1- and tighten.


Torque setting: 3.5 Nm
The torque setting must be strictly adhered to, otherwise the plas‐
tic sleeve on the window regulator could become damaged.

2.11.3 Installing assembly carrier with window


regulator
On a replacement assembly carrier the mechanism is secured
with a cable tie -1- to prevent it moving or falling out.
– Slide a hammer shaft between the window guide and the as‐
sembly carrier until the end of the hammer shaft presses
against the assembly carrier.
– Remove cable tie -1-.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
u ra
– The mechanism will change
ss a position when the window regu‐ c
lator motor is removed, it is then no longer aligned.
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an

– The mechanism must be aligned to the central position when


itte

y li
erm

the window regulator motor is installed.


ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

– Insert bolts -1- and tighten.


Torque setting: 3.5 Nm
nform
ercia

The torque setting must be strictly adhered to, otherwise the plas‐
m

at
om

tic sleeve on the window regulator could become damaged.


ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

2.12 Assembly overview - assembly carrier with window regulator

162 Rep. Gr.64 - Glazing


agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
Golf 1998 ➤
ksw
gu General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003
ol not
byV ara
ed
ris nte
1- Assembly
aut
ho
carrier eo
ra
ss c
2 - Clamping jaws

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
3 - Carrier
itte

y li
erm

ab
4 - Window regulator motor

ility
ot p

wit
❑ For electric window reg‐
, is n

h re
ulator
hole

spec
5 - Crank
es, in part or in w

t to the co
❑ For mechanical window
regulator

rrectness of i
6 - Bowden cable, long
❑ Cable reel - rear carrier
l purpos

7 - Guide roller

nf
ercia

❑ With eccentric

orm
❑ Without eccentric
m

atio
om

n in
8 - Guide rail
or c

thi
te

sd
9 - Diagonal Bowden cable
iva

o
r
rp

cu
10 - Cable reel
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
11 - Bowden cable, short Cop py
ht. rig
❑ Cable reel - front carrier
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

2.13 Repairing window regulator


For repairs to the window regulator, the following components can
be replaced:
♦ Carrier with clamping jaws
♦ Cable reel with Bowden cable
♦ Window regulator motor (for electric window regulator)
♦ Crank (for mechanical window regulator)

2.13.1 Removing
– Removing assembly carrier with window regulator
⇒ page 146 .
Vehicles with electric window regulators
– Removing window regulator motor ⇒ page 161 .
Vehicles with mechanical window regulators
– Removing crank and relay element for cable reel
⇒ page 164 .

2. Door window 163


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

Continued for all vehicles

Note

♦ Repairs to window regulators using the repair set is only pos‐


sible if these are equipped with eccentric guide rollers -1-.
♦ For window regulators with guide rollers that do not have an
eccentric cam -2-, the complete assembly carrier must be re‐
newed.
♦ The colour of the guide roller is of no significance.
♦ Protect loudspeakers against damage during complete repair
procedure.
♦ Place assembly carrier on levelagsurface.
en AG. V Support
olkswagen Aif
G necessary.
do
w es n
olks ot g
byV ua
– Check guide rollers,risguide
ed rails and seals for damage. In therante
o
event of damage,authrenew assembly carrier. eo
ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
– Locate start and finish of diagonal Bowden cable -4-. Do not

ility
ot p

damage diagonal Bowden cable -4-. This is not meant to be

wit
, is n

replaced.

h re
hole

– Separate Bowden cables -2- and -6-, located at cable reel


spec
es, in part or in w

-5-, in position of guide rails -3- and -7-.


– Slide carrier and clamping jaws -1- on guide rails to uppermost t to the co
position. Carrier with clamping jaws can only be removed in
this position.
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at

– Fold up carrier and clamping jaws -1- in -direction of arrow-.


om

ion

When doing this, note position of Bowden cables -2- and -3-
c

in t
or

in the carrier.
his
ate

do
riv

– Remove separated ends of Bowden cables out of carriers.


p

cum
for

en
ng

– The diagonal Bowden cable position should not be altered.


t.
yi Co
Cop py
.
Remove crank (vehicles with mechanical window regulator)
ht rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Unscrew bolts -1-.


– Pull off crank -2-.

164 Rep. Gr.64 - Glazing


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

– Remove seals -2-.


– Pull off relay element for cable reel -1-.
Continued for all vehicles

– Press together retaining clips of threaded sleeves -arrows-.


– Remove cable reel from assembly carrier.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

– Clean guide rails -1- and -2- and opening -arrow- of grease

an
itte

y li
and dirt.
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
ercia

2.13.2 Installing
m

at
om

io

– Insert threaded sleeves -arrows- for new cable reel through


n
c

in t
r

opening in assembly carrier.


o

his
ate

do
riv

– Separate cable ties on cable reel and remove.


p

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Door window 165


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003
. Volkswagen AG
a gen AG does
– Engage cable reel -1- in assembly carrier by applying
Vol light
ksw not
gu
pressure. ed
by ara
nte
ris
utho eo
ra
a c
ss
Note

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte
Do not remove securing plate -2- from cable reel.

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot
– Place Bowden cable with long sleeve -3- beneath diagonal

wit
, is n
Bowden cable -4-.

h re
hole

spec
– Guide sleeve of Bowden cables in cable reel -1- -arrows-.
es, in part or in w

t to the co
– Guide Bowden cable with short sleeve in Bowden cable
mounting of front guide rail.

rrectness of i
Do not feed Bowden cable on guide roller yet.
l purpos

– Guide Bowden cable with long sleeve in Bowden cable mount‐


ing of rear guide rail.

nform
ercia

Do not feed Bowden cable on guide roller yet.


m

a
com

tion in
Note
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
The Bowden cable ends should now be located at the top of the
r
rp

cum
window regulator as the clamping jaws can only be installed in
fo

en
g

the upper position in the guide rails. If necessary, pull Bowden


n

t.
yi Co
op
cable out of cable reel slightly. C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co
Installation of carrier with clamping jaws
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Place carrier with clamping jaw on side of guide rail. Clamping
jaw should point towards top of window regulator.

– Insert crimped Bowden cable ends in carrier -3-.


– First insert bottom Bowden cable -1- in upper deep groove.
– Then insert top Bowden cable -2- in lower shallow groove.

Note

The Bowden cables should be crossed over.

– Fold up carrier with clamping jaw -1- in -direction of arrow-


towards guide rail -2-.
– Install second carrier with clamping jaw -1- as described.
Feeding Bowden cable onto guide roller

166 Rep. Gr.64 - Glazing


Golf 1998 ➤
General body
en Arepairs,
G . Volkswaexterior
gen AG - Edition 08.2003
ag does
ksw not
y Vol gu
– Check the 4 ends of the Bowden cable sleeve areseseated
db cor‐ ara
nte
rectly in the mountings -arrow-. thori eo
au ra
c
– Place Bowden cable -1- on eccentric camsssof guide rollers

ce
le
-2- as shown in diagram.

un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
– All eccentric cams should be turned to the smallest stroke,

erm

ab
otherwise it will be difficult to fit the Bowden cable to the last

ility
ot p
guide roller.

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectne
– Remove securing plate -2- off cable reel -1-.
– Pull both carriers with clamping jaws to bottom end of guide

ss
rails. As this is done, the Bowden cable will be fed automati‐

o
cial p

f
cally into the groove of the guide rollers.

inform
mer

– Check position of Bowden cable.

atio
om

n
The Bowden cable should be located correctly in the groove of all
c

i
or

n
4 guide rollers.

thi
te

sd
iva

o
– Move carrier with clamping jaws up and down on guide rails
pr

cum
r
fo

several times to check correct function.

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
Vehicles with electric window regulators C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
– Place foam underlay elements included in the repair set be‐ cop Vo
by lksw
tween window regulator motor and assembly carrier. Prote
cted AG.
agen

– Install window regulator motor.


– Tighten bolts to 3.5 Nm.
Vehicles with mechanical window regulators

– Fit relay element for cable reel -1-.


– Install seals -2-.

– Install crank -2-. If necessary, align relay element for cable reel
and crank. To do this, the relay element should be turned until
the crank and relay element are correctly positioned in relation
to each other.
– Tighten bolts -1- to 3.5 Nm.
Continued for all vehicles
– Install assembly carrier with window regulator ⇒ page 146 .
– Slide door window in clamping jaws without additional force
and align to rear window guide.
– Tighten bolts of clamping jaws to 10 Nm.

2. Door window 167


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

66 – Exterior equipment
1 Removing and installing wheel hous‐
ing liner

1.1 Front wheel housing liner gen AG. Volkswagen AG d


wa oes
olks not
byV gu
ara
ed
1 - Wheel housing liner ho
ris nte
eo
t
❑ Material - PP/EPDM au ra
c
ss
❑ Removing:

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

– Remove wheel. Wheel

y li
erm

ab
bolt tightening torque =

ility
ot p

120 Nm.

wit
is n

h re
– Unscrew cross-head
ole,

spec
screws
urposes, in part or in wh

⇒ Item 3 (page 168)

t to the co
(qty. 12) and pull off
wheel housing liner.

rrectne
2 - Spreader nut
3 - Cross-head screw

ss o
cial p

f
4 - Speed nut

inform
❑ Fitted to bumper cover
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

168 Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior equipment


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

1.2 Rear wheel housing liner

1 - Wheel housing liner


❑ Material - PP/EPDM
❑ Removing:
– Remove wheel. Wheel
bolt tightening torque =
120 Nm.

– Unscrew cross-head
screws
⇒ Item 3 (page 169)
(qty. 7) and pull off
wheel housing liner.
2 - Speed nut
❑ Fitted to bumper cover n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
3 - Cross-head screw d byV
o ot g
ua
ran
ir se tee
4 - Spreader nut utho
or
a ac
ss

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

1. Removing and installing wheel housing liner 169


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

2 Exterior mirror

2.1 Tools
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Removal lever -80-200-

2.2 Assembly overview AG. Volkswagen AG d


agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
d
1 - Mirror housing horise nte
eo
ut
❑ Removing ⇒ page 171 . ss a ra
c
❑ Material: ABS

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

2 - Bolt

y li
erm

ab
❑ 10 Nm

ility
ot p

wit
is n

3 - Cover for exterior mirror

h re
ole,

spec
4 - Bolt
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
5 - Clip
6 - Connector

rrectne
7 - Insulation
8 - Mirror glass

ss o
❑ Removing:
cial p

f inform
– First press mirror glass
mer

down then up (special


atio
m

tool 80-200). Protect


o

n
c

i
or

mirror housing against


thi
te

damage.
sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r

❑ Installing:
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
– Insert mirror glass with . Cop py
guide studs into mounts
ht rig
rig ht
by
and press on. copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
❑ Press only on centre of
AG.

mirror - always use pro‐


tective gloves

170 Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior equipment


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

2.3 Removing mirror housing


– Fold exterior mirror forwards to ease removal and installation.
– Position mirror glass -2- vertically (otherwise mirror housing
can catch on mirror glass when pulling off).
– Insert screwdriver -5- through assembly hole of mirror carrier
up to clip -4-.
– Press screwdriver -5- in -direction of arrow- (this will cause the
clip -4- to release the mirror housing).

– Pull mirror housing -1- upwards off mirror carrier -3-.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
2.4 Removing exterior mirror (mechanical type) d byV
ol not
gu
ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Exterior mirror 171


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
– Removing front door trim ⇒ General body repairs, interior;
c

in t
or

Rep. Gr. 70 ; Door trim .

his
ate

do
riv

– Unscrew mirror adjuster from inside of door trim -arrows-.


p

cum
for

en
ng

– Remove screw -1- and unclip cover -2-.


t.
yi Co
Cop py
.
– Pull insulating foam off mirror quarter panel
ht rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
– Remove screw -3- and pull exterior mirror -4- off front door.
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

172 Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior equipment


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

3 Roof mouldings

3.1 Roof moulding

1 - Roof moulding
❑ Do not bend roof mould‐
ing agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
lksw not
❑ Installing: by Vo gu
a
d ran
ise
– Alignuroof
tho moulding to B-
r tee
or
pillar
ss (2-door) or C-pillar
a ac
(4-door) and fit further

ce
le
un

forwards.

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
2 - Cover strip
pe

ility
❑ Installing:
ot

wit
, is n

h re
– Insert cover strip onto
hole

spec
stop in pocket of roof
es, in part or in w

moulding and then

t to the co
press into roof channel.

To aid installation a lubricant

rrectness of i
can be used.
l purpos

3 - Rivet
4 - Angle strip
nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

3. Roof mouldings 173


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

4 Roof rail

4.1 Assembly overview

1 - Roof rail
❑ Assembly sequence: A-
pillar, C-pillar and D-pil‐
lar
2 - Hexagon nut
❑ Qty. 6
❑ 23 Nm
3 - Cone washer
4 - Cap
❑ Insert cover cap in
round clip first and then
press in double clip
5 - Backing plate
6 - Cap
❑ Centre
❑ Press cover cap on roof
rail base
7 - Retaining bracket
❑ Installing ⇒ page 174
❑ With retaining pins,
cone waster, seal and
locking cap (locking cap en AG. Volkswagen AG
is included in items sup‐
olks
wag does
not
plied with spare epart)
d byV gu
ara
ris nte
8 - Bolt autho eo
ra
ss c
❑ Qty. 12
ce
le
un

pt

❑ 20 Nm
an
d
itte

y li

9 - Welded nut
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co

4.2 Installing retaining bracket


– Insert retaining bracket -1- in roof hole and press in until lock‐
rrectne

ing cap -2- engages in roof hole. All locking lugs must engage.
ss o

Note
cial p

f inform
mer

The locking cap on the retaining bracket should not be turned


atio
m

before it is engaged.
o

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

174 Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior equipment


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

– Press retaining bracket -1- onto inner side part and secure with
bolts -3- (20 Nm).

Note

The bolted connections are next to each other on the middle re‐
taining bracket.

– Unscrew locking cap -2- from outside. Use suitable tool if nec‐
essary.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

4. Roof rail 175


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

5 Trim

5.1 Removing and installing radiator grille


Assembly overview

1 - Radiator grille
❑ Golf
❑ Material-ASA
2 - Locking hook
3 - Cross lug
4 - Retaining pin
5 - Centre fixing point
6 - VW emblem
❑ Clipped into radiator
grille
7 - Radiator grille
❑ Bora
❑ Material-ASA
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

176 Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior equipment


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
ercia

Removing
m

at
om

ion

– Separate release lever from bonnet lock


c

in t
or

⇒ “1.3 Removing release lever”, page 108 .


his
ate

do
riv

– Release locking hooks ⇒ Item 2 (page 176) using screwdriver.


p

cum
for

en
g

– Pull cross lug ⇒ Item 3 (page 176) out of lock carrier and re‐
n

t.
yi Co
op
move radiator grille upwards. C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
Installing cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
– Align radiator grill to centre fixing point ⇒ Item 5 (page 176) ,
AG.

insert lower pin ⇒ Item 4 (page 176) in bumper cover and clip
in at top.

5. Trim 177
Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

6 Bump strips

6.1 Renewing side bump strips


– Warm side bump strip with hot air blower before removing.
– Clean exterior panel with solvent, treat with silicone remover
and then dry off.
– Pull off protective foil, attach side bump strip lightly and then
press on with force. Working temperature approx. 20° C.

1 - Front door bump strip


❑ Left and right-hand
bump strips have a dif‐
ferent hole pattern
❑ Self-adhesive
❑ Material PP/EPDM
❑ The centring lugs
⇒ Item 3 (page 178)
and
⇒ Item 4 (page 178) de‐
termine the position of
the bump strips
2 - Pins
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
❑ Prevent twisting lkswage es n
o ot g
yV ua
3 - Centring lug ir se
d b ran
tee
tho
or
4 - Centring lug au ac
ss

ce
e

5 - Pins
nl

pt
du

an
❑ Prevent twisting
itte

y li
erm

ab
6 - Rear door bump strip

ility
ot p

wit
❑ Left and right-hand
, is n

h re
bump strips have a dif‐
hole

spec
ferent hole pattern
es, in part or in w

❑ Self-adhesive

t to the co
❑ Material PP/EPDM
❑ The centring lugs

rrectness of i
⇒ Item 3 (page 178) and
⇒ Item 4 (page 178) de‐
l purpos

termine the position of


the bump strips
nform
ercia

7 - Protective foil
m

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

178 Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior equipment


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

7 Special body parts, Golf


agen
AGGTI
. Volksw(132
agen AG
does
kW) and Golf R32
db
y Volksw not
gu
ara
e nte
ris
tho eo
au ra
c
ss
7.1 Safety requirements

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte
♦ These special body parts were developed to meet specific

y li
erm

ab
technical requirements for the Golf GTI (132 kW) and R32. All

ility
ot p

of these special body parts should be replaced with the rele‐

wit
vant genuine part in all cases.
is n

h re
ole,

♦ Without these special body parts, the vehicle does not comply

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

with the traffic regulations.

t to the co
7.2 Tools

rrectne
Special tools and workshop
equipment required

ss o
cial p

f
♦ Cutting tool -V.A.G 1351-

inform
mer

♦ Removal kit for flush bon‐

atio
ded windows -
om

n
V.A.G 1474 A-
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
♦ Windscreen removal kit -
iva

o
r

V.A.G 1755-
p

cum
r
fo

en
ng

♦ Double cartridge gun -


t.
yi Co
op
VAS 5237-
C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

7.3 Materials
♦ 2K window adhesive -DA 004 600 A2- 8), 9)

♦ Static mixer with tapered -D 002 001-


nozzle

7. Special body parts, Golf GTI (132 kW) and Golf R32 179
Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

♦ Activator -D 181 801 A1- 7)

♦ Primer -D 181 711 A1-

♦ Cleaning solution -D 009 401 04- 7)

♦ Primer applicator -D 009 500 25- 7)

♦ Adhesive remover -D 002 000 10- 7) AG. Volkswagen AG d


agen oes
olksw not
V
♦ Cutting cord -357 853 999 A- ed by gu
ara
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
7) Materials are stored in the box D 004 700. ss c

ce
e
nl
8) Observe curing time ⇒ page 189 .

pt
du

an
itte

y li
9) Double cartridge gun -VAS 5237- must be used to apply these materials.
erm

ab
ility
ot p

7.4 Assembly overview

wit
, is n

h re
Golf GTI
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

1- Front spoiler ⇒ page 180

t to the co
2- Side skirt ⇒ page 182
3- Rear spoiler ⇒ page 180

rrectness of i
4- Roof spoiler ⇒ page 186
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

io
Golf R32

n
c

in t
or

his
e

1- Front bumper ⇒ page 110


at

do
priv

c
2- Side skirt ⇒ page 182

um
for

en
ng

t.
yi
3- Rear bumper ⇒ page 118
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
4- Roof spoiler ⇒ page 186
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

7.5 Front and rear spoiler (Golf GTI)

7.5.1 Assembly overview

180 Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior equipment


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

1 - Front spoiler
❑ Material PU-R-RIM
❑ Engaged to bumper
cover
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
2 - Rear spoiler Vol
ksw not
gu
by ara
❑ Material PU-R-RIM
ris
ed
nte
ho eo
❑ Engaged sa
uto bumper
t ra
c
cover s

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

7. Special body parts, Golf GTI (132 kW) and Golf R32 181
Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

7.6 Side skirt (Golf GTI, Golf R32)


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
7.6.1 Assembly overview d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
1 - Side skirt

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
❑ Removing ⇒ page 183

itte

y li
erm

ab
❑ Installing ⇒ page 185

ility
ot p
❑ Installation instructions

wit
, is n
⇒ page 189 .

h re
hole

spec
❑ Material PU-R-RIM es, in part or in w

t to the co
2 - Lower primer surface on
side skirt
3 - Bolt

rrectness of i
❑ Qty. 2
l purpos

❑ 2 Nm
4 - Upper primer surface on

nform
ercia

side skirt
m

at
om

i
5 - Sill panel

on
c

in t
or

❑ Preparation

his
ate

⇒ page 188

do
priv

cum
or

6 - Upper primer surface on sill


f

en
ng

t.
panel
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
7 - Lower primer surface on sill
gh ht
yri by
panel cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
8 - PUR adhesive sealant
❑ Curing time
⇒ page 189

182 Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior equipment


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

7.6.2 Removing side skirt

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co

WARNING
rrectness of i

When removing parts of body kit, cutting wire should not be


l purpos

used due to the risk of damage to the painted areas.


nf
ercia

or

– Clean dirt from all joints so that no parts of the body kit are
m
m

atio

damaged in the painted area.


om

n in
or c

– Sever bond between sill panel at top of side skirt to prevent


thi
te

paint damage being caused by the cutting cord.


sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu

– Remove two bolts -1- in area of front wheel housing.


o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
– Sever the three lower bonded areas of the side skirt using the Cop py
pull handles and cutting cord.
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

7. Special body parts, Golf GTI (132 kW) and Golf R32 183
Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
– Cut through the upper adhesive bead using the pull handles
hole

and cutting cord. spec


es, in part or in w

t to the co
– Remove side skirt.
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

184 Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior equipment


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

7.6.3 Installing side skirt

1 - Primer surface on side skirt


2 - Upper primer surface on sill
panel
❑ Dimension a = 12 mm
❑ Dimension b = 10 mm
❑ The edge of the stone
chip protection can be
used as a reference
point for the upper edge
of the primer surface.
3 - Lower primer surface on sill
panel
❑ The 3 surfaces should AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
be determined by hold‐ by
Vol not
gu
ara
ing the side skirt in posi‐ rised
nte
tion ut
ho eo
ra
s a c
s
4 - Lower primer surfaces on

ce
e
nl

side skirt

pt
du

an
itte

y li
❑ 3 surfaces
erm

ab
ility
ot p

5 - Upper adhesive bead

wit
, is n

❑ Cross section of bead:

h re
hole

spec
♦ Width = 5 mm
es, in part or in w

t to the co
♦ Height = 7 mm (including
residual material on sill
panel)

rrectness of i
6 - Lower adhesive bead
l purpos

❑ Apply adhesive in two


beads of 19 mm x 30
mm and a height of 7

nf
ercia

o
mm to one surface
rm
m

atio
m

❑ 3 surfaces
o

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

7. Special body parts, Golf GTI (132 kW) and Golf R32 185
Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

7.7 Roof spoiler (Golf GTI, Golf R32)

7.7.1 Assembly overview swage


n AG. Volkswagen AG do
es n
olk ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
1 - Roof spoiler utho
or
a ac
❑ Removing ⇒ page 186 ss

ce
e
nl
❑ Installing ⇒ page 187

pt
du

an
itte

y li
❑ Installation instructions
erm

ab
⇒ page 189 .

ility
ot p

❑ Material PU-R-RIM

wit
, is n

h re
hole

2 - Primer surface on spoiler

spec
es, in part or in w

3 - Outline of roof spoiler in situ

t to the co
4 - Primer surface on rear lid
and residual material

rrectness of i
❑ Preparation
⇒ page 188
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

7.7.2 Removing roof spoiler

WARNING

When removing parts of body kit, cutting wire should not be


used due to the risk of damage to the painted areas.

– Clean dirt from all joints so that no parts of the body kit are
damaged in the painted area.
– All painted areas around contact area and gap between roof
and rear lid should be masked off.

186 Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior equipment


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

– Position reel device in position as shown in diagram and attach


one cord end
– Place cutting cord around spoiler so that cord rests on joint
between spoiler and rear lid and then secure second cord end
on wiper shaft.
– When cutting free, guide cutting cord into joint using a plastic
wedge.
– In the position shown, the spoiler should be cut free up to ap‐
prox. the centre of the vehicle.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
tho eo
– Then the reel
s au device is changed over as shown in the diagram ra
c
and the cord ends reversed. The spoiler is then cut free up the
s

ce
e
nl

centre of the vehicle from the other side.

pt
du

an
itte

y li
– Remove spoiler.
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

7.7.3 Installing roof spoiler


nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

7. Special body parts, Golf GTI (132 kW) and Golf R32 187
Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

1 - Roof spoiler
❑ Material PU-R-RIM
❑ Installation instructions
⇒ page 189 .
2 - Primer surface on spoiler
❑ Adhesive bead with
width of 3 mm and
height of 5 mm
3 - Outline of roof spoiler in situ
❑ The spoiler should be
positioned on the rear lid
and the body around the
contact area masked off
4 - Primer surface on rear lid
and residual material
❑ Preparation
⇒ page 188
❑ Dimension a = 7 mm
❑ Dimension b = 10 mm

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co

7.8 Preparing body kit component for bond‐


ing
rrectne

Note
ss o
cial p

f in

Remaining material serves as adhesion base for newly applied


form
mer

adhesive sealing compound. Keep dirt and grease off of bonding


atio

surfaces.
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
e

Exception: if bonding is not performed immediately after cutting


t

sd
va

back, the remaining residual material must be activated with ac‐


i

o
pr

cum
r

tivator -D 181 801 A1- .


fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
WARNING opyri
gh by
Vo
ht
c by lksw
cted
Activator must not come into contact with paint or damage to
agen
Prote AG.
paintwork will ensue.

188 Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior equipment


Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

Note

If the body kit part has been repaired or partially renewed, the
area concerned must be cleaned and primed again after painting.

7.9 Installation instructions


The surfaces to be primed for the body kit parts should be com‐
pletely clean.
– Adhesive residue should be removed using adhesive remover
-D 002 000 10- .
– Soak cloth in silicon remover -LSE 020 100 A3- .
– Clean area of application for adhesive bead twice thoroughly
using cloth applied with solution and allow to dry.
– Now apply primer using applicator -D 009 500 25- equally in
one stroke.
♦ Drying time approx. 10 minutes
– Adhesive material should be applied to the primed areas of the
body kit parts.

WARNING

Body kit parts should be installed within 10 minutes, or bonding


properties of adhesive will be impaired.

♦ Shutlines should be kept to an absolute minimum, up to ap‐


prox. 1 mm.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
♦ Use adhesive tape to secure body kit part in position
olkswhile
w not
yV gu
curing. se
d b ara
nte
ri
ho eo
7.10 Minimum curing time ss
aut ra
c ce
e
nl

The minimum curing time for newly bonded special body parts is
pt
du

an
3 hours.
itte

y li
erm

ab

The minimum curing time is the period between bonding the ac‐
ility
ot p

cessory parts to installation. During this time, the vehicle must be


wit
, is n

parked on a hard level standing at room temperature (at least15°


h re
hole

C).
spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co

WARNING

Vehicle is safe to use only after the minimum curing time has
rrectness of i

elapsed.
l purpos

7.11 Touching up paint damage


nf
ercia

orm
m

atio

Paint structure must be restored according to specifications in the


om

“Paint” workshop manual.


n in
or c

thi
e

The following repair method is suitable for paint finish damaged


t

sd
iva

in areas which are not visible:


o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

– Painting over twice (wet-on-wet) with glass/paint primer -D


t.
yi Co
009 200 02- - flash-off time = at least 10 minutes. Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

7. Special body parts, Golf GTI (132 kW) and Golf R32 189
Golf 1998 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 08.2003

7.12 Cleaning off excess adhesive sealingagen


AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
material by
Volksw not
gu
a d ran
ise
– Use of adhesive remover -D 002 000 10- uas
tho a cleaning solution
r tee
or
is recommended. Observe the appropriate
ss
a safety precautions ac
when performing this work.

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
– First clean painted surface as much as possible using a dry

itte

y li
cloth. Remove residue using adhesive remover -D 002 000

erm

ab
10- .

ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

190 Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior equipment

You might also like